Modern Management: Concepts and Skills (What's New in Management) [15 ed.] 0134729137, 9780134729138

For courses in management.   Concepts and skills for the successful manager Modern Management: Concepts and Skills takes

393 14 67MB

English Pages 576 [578] Year 2018

Report DMCA / Copyright

DOWNLOAD PDF FILE

Table of contents :
Cover
Title Page
Copyright Page
Brief Contents
Contents
About the Authors
Letter from the Authors
Preface
Acknowledgments
Global Edition Acknowledgments
1. Introducing Modern Management: Concepts and Skills
Management Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: Coke’s New CEO Battles a Changing Market
A Manager’s Task
The Role of Management
Defining Management
The Management Process: Management Functions
Management Process and Organizational Resources
Management and Organizational Resources
Practical Challenge: Attaining Goals: Lawrence Jones Motivates Employees at UKFast
The Universality of Management
Management Skill: The Key to Management Success
Defining Management Skill
Management Skill: A Classic View
Steps for Success: Developing Human Skills
Management Skill: A Contemporary View
Management Skill: A Focus of This Book
Management Careers
A Definition of Career
Career Stages, Life Stages, and Performance
Promoting Your Own Career
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Making the Most of International Experience
Special Career Issues
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
2. Management and Entrepreneurship: Handling Start-Ups and New Ventures
Entrepreneurship Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: Professor Becomes Restaurateur
Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship
Types of Opportunities
Opportunity Identification
Opportunity Evaluation
Steps for Success: Testing Business Ideas
Opportunity Exploitation
Financing Exploitation
Corporate Entrepreneurship
Practical Challenge: Raising Funds: Bohemian Guitars Tests the Waters of Crowdfunding
Social Entrepreneurship
How Do Commercial and Social Entrepreneurship Differ?
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Taking a Global View of Opportunities: One Earth Designs
Success Factors in Social Entrepreneurship
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
3. Society, Ethics, and Sustainability
Social Responsibility Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: IKEA Builds on Its Commitment to the Environment
Fundamentals of Social Responsibility
Areas of Social Responsibility
Varying Opinions on Social Responsibility
Conclusions about the Performance of Social Responsibility Activities by Business
Social Responsiveness
Determining Whether a Social Responsibility Exists
Social Responsiveness and Decision Making
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: China Focuses on Agricultural (Ag) Sustainability
Approaches to Meeting Social Responsibilities
The Social Audit Challenge
The Philanthropy Challenge
The Sustainable Organization Challenge
Defining Sustainability
Defining a Sustainable Organization
Why Sustainability?
Steps for Achieving Sustainability
Practical Challenge: Achieving Sustainability: Free Recycled Water in Abu Dhabi
Managers and Ethics
A Definition of Ethics
Why Ethics Is a Vital Part of Management Practices
A Code of Ethics
Creating an Ethical Workplace
Steps for Success: Creating an Ethical Work Environment
Following the Law: Sarbanes–Oxley Reform Standards
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
4. Management and Diversity
Diversity Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: Diverse Employees Contribute to GE Lighting’s Bright Future
Defining Diversity
The Social Implications of Diversity
Advantages of Diversity in Organizations
Gaining and Keeping Market Share
Cost Savings
Increased Productivity and Innovation
Better Quality Management
Challenges That Managers Face in Working with Diverse Populations
Changing Demographics
Multigenerational Workforce
Ethnocentrism and Other Negative Dynamics
Practical Challenge: Setting Diversity Targets: Pinterest Sets Hiring Goals for a More Diverse Workforce
Negative Dynamics and Specific Groups
Strategies for Promoting Diversity in Organizations
Promoting Diversity through Hudson Institute Strategies
Promoting Diversity through Equal Employment and Affirmative Action
Promoting Diversity through Organizational Commitment
Promoting Diversity through Pluralism
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Deloitte UK “Hides” College and University Degrees
How Managers Promote Diversity
Planning
Organizing
Influencing
Controlling
Steps for Success: Generation Z Members and Their Challenges
Management Development and Diversity Training
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
5. Managing in the Global Arena
Global Management Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: KFC Opens a Store a Day in China
Fundamentals of International Management
Categorizing Organizations by Level of International Involvement
Domestic Organizations
International Organizations
Multinational Organizations: The Multinational Corporation
Multinational Corporations
Complexities of Managing the Multinational Corporation
Practical Challenge: Managing Risk: Risk Management Indonesia’s Industry Ministry Steps Up
Risk and the Multinational Corporation
The Workforce of Multinational Corporations
Types of Organization Members Found in Multinational Corporations
Workforce Adjustments
Adjusting to a New Culture
Repatriation
Management Functions and Multinational Corporations
Planning in Multinational Corporations
Organizing Multinational Corporations
Influencing People in Multinational Corporations
Steps for Success: Examples of Business Etiquette in Other Cultures
Controlling Multinational Corporations
Transnational Organizations
International Management: Special Issues
Maintaining Ethics in International Management
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Managing Expatriates
Preparing Expatriates for Foreign Assignments
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
6. Creativity and Innovation
Creativity and Innovation Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: Olde Peninsula Brings Brewpub Innovation to Kalamazoo
Creativity
Defining Creativity
Creativity in Organizations
Creativity in Individuals
Practical Challenge: Enabling Creativity: UN Development Program Backs Creative Responses to Crises
Increasing Creativity in Organizations
Innovation and Creativity
Defining Innovation
Linking Innovation and Creativity
The Innovation Process
Steps for Success: Inviting Inventions at a Hackathon
Catalyst for Creativity and Innovation: Total Quality Management
Essentials of Total Quality Management
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Michelin’s Quality Advantage
The Quality Improvement Process
Creative Ideas Based on TQM Expertise
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
7. Plans and Planning Tools
Planning Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: Wal-Mart Plans to Have What You Want
General Characteristics of Planning
Defining Planning
Purposes of Planning
Planning: Advantages and Potential Disadvantages
Primacy of Planning
Types of Plans
Standing Plans: Policies, Procedures, and Rules
Steps for Success: Tips for Setting a Budget
Single-Use Plans: Programs and Budgets
Steps in the Planning Process
Organizational Objectives: Planning’s Foundation
Definition of Organizational Objectives
Areas for Organizational Objectives
Working with Organizational Objectives
Guidelines for Establishing Quality Objectives
Management by Objectives (MBO)
Factors Necessary for a Successful MBO Program
MBO Programs: Advantages and Disadvantages
Planning Tools
Forecasting
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Pyramid Inspiration for Project Management in Egypt
Scheduling
Practical Challenge: Meeting Deadlines: Philippine Banks and FATCA
Why Plans Fail
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
8. Making Decisions
Decision-Making Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: Whole Foods Decides to Open in Detroit
Fundamentals of Decisions
Definition of a Decision
Types of Decisions
The Responsibility for Making Organizational Decisions
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Shaw Industries Paves the Way for Good Decisions
Elements of the Decision Situation
The Rational Decision-Making Process
Identifying an Existing Problem
Listing Alternative Solutions
Selecting the Most Beneficial Alternative
Implementing the Chosen Alternative
Gathering Problem-Related Feedback
Bounded Rationality
Practical Challenge: Decision Making and Intuition: Tony Fernandes Is Not a Rational Thinker (Or Maybe He Is)!
Decision Making and Intuition
Decision-Making Heuristics and Biases
Decision-Making Conditions: Risk and Uncertainty
Decision-Making Tools
Probability Theory
Decision Trees
Group Decision Making
Advantages and Disadvantages of Using Groups to Make Decisions
Steps for Success: Facilitating Group Decisions
Processes for Making Group Decisions
Evaluating Group Decision-Making Processes
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
9. Strategic Planning: Strategies, Tactics, and Competitive Dynamics
Strategic Planning Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: Facebook Positions Itself to Stay Relevant
Strategic Planning and Strategy
Strategic Management Process
Environmental Analysis
The General Environment
The Industry Environment
The Internal Environment
Establishing Organizational Direction
Determining Organizational Mission
Developing a Mission Statement
The Importance of an Organizational Mission
The Relationship between Mission and Objectives
Strategy Formulation: Tools
Steps for Success: Ask the Right Questions
Critical Question Analysis
SWOT Analysis
Business Portfolio Analysis
Strategy Formulation: Types
Sample Organizational Strategies
Strategy Implementation
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Ryanair Utilizes Cost Leadership Strategy
Strategic Control
Tactical Planning
Comparing and Coordinating Strategic and Tactical Planning
Competitive Dynamics
Practical Challenge: Competitive Dynamics for Oil: Shale Boom Shakes the Sheiks
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
10. Fundamentals of Organizing
Organizing Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: Microsoft Tries to Program Unity with Its New Structure
Definitions of Organizing and Organizing Skill
The Importance of Organizing
The Organizing Process
Classical Organizing Theory
Weber’s Bureaucratic Model
Division of Labor
Advantages and Disadvantages of Division of Labor
Division of Labor and Coordination
Practical Challenge: Coordination: How the MBTA Moved Forward with Security
Follett’s Guidelines on Coordination
Structure
Informal Organizational Structures
Vertical Dimensioning
Horizontal Dimensioning
Types of Departmentalization
Departments Based on Function
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: France Bans E-Mails after Work
Departments Based on Product or Service
Departments Based on Geography
Departments Based on Customer
Departments by Matrix
Steps for Success: Managing in a Matrix Structure
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
11. Responsibility, Authority, and Delegation
Responsibility and Delegation Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: Autonomy at Hy-Vee Supermarkets
Responsibility and Job Descriptions
Steps for Success: Tips for Delegating Tasks
Dividing Job Activities
The Functional Similarity Method
Functional Similarity and Responsibility
Clarifying Job Activities of Managers
Management Responsibility Guide
Authority
Authority on the Job
Acceptance of Authority
Types of Authority
Accountability
Delegation
Practical Challenge: Accountability: Airport Authority Hong Kong and Accountability
Steps in the Delegation Process
Obstacles to the Delegation Process
Eliminating Obstacles to the Delegation Process
Centralization and Decentralization
Decentralizing an Organization: A Contingency Viewpoint
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Decentralizing for Diverse Markets: The Four Seasons Example
Decentralization at Massey-Ferguson: A Classic Example from the World of Management
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
12. Human Resource Management
Human Resource Management Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: Netflix Revamps Its Human Resources
Defining Appropriate Human Resources
Recruitment
Knowing the Job
Knowing Sources of Human Resources
Sources Outside the Organization
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: European Companies Need Women on Their Boards
Knowing the Law
Selection
Testing
Assessment Centers
Training
Determining Training Needs
Designing the Training Program
Administering the Training Program
Steps for Success: Tips for Being an Effective Interviewer
Evaluating the Training Program
Performance Appraisal
Why Use Performance Appraisals?
Multisource Feedback
Practical Challenge: Politicized Appraisals: Is Organizational Politics a Fact of Life?
Handling Performance Appraisals
Potential Weaknesses of Performance Appraisals
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
13. Changing Organizations: Stress, Conflict, and Virtuality
Organizational Change Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: How Huntington Hospital Introduced Electronic Health Records
Fundamentals of Changing an Organization
Defining Changing an Organization
Change versus Stability
Factors to Consider When Changing an Organization
The Change Agent
Determining What Should Be Changed
The Kind of Change to Make
Individuals Affected by the Change
Evaluation of the Change
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Sincere Changes: Managing Change in a 118 Year Old Department Store
Change and Stress
Defining Stress
The Importance of Studying Stress
Managing Stress in Organizations
Steps for Success: Managing Stress
Change and Conflict
Defining Conflict
Strategies for Settling Conflict
Practical Challenge:Managing Conflict: Southwest Airlines Embraces Positive Conflict
Virtuality
Defining a Virtual Organization
Degrees of Virtuality
The Virtual Office
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
14. Influencing and Communication
Communication Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: How Evernote’s Phil Libin Keeps Communication Flowing
Fundamentals of Influencing
Defining Influencing
The Influencing Subsystem
Emotional Intelligence
Practical Challenge: Emotional Intelligence: PepsiCo Pilot Project
Communication
Interpersonal Communication
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Cross-Cultural Communication
Steps for Success: Crafting an Elevator Speech
Interpersonal Communication in Organizations
Formal Organizational Communication
Informal Organizational Communication
Encouraging Organizational Communication
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
15. Leadership
Leadership Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: Bain & Company’s CEO, Bob Bechek, Leads the Team
Defining Leadership
Leader versus Manager
Early Approaches to Leadership
The Trait Approach to Leadership
Behavioral Approaches to Leadership
More Recent Approaches to Leadership
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Adapting Your Leadership Style in Other Cultures
The Life Cycle Theory of Leadership
Fiedler’s Contingency Theory
The Path–Goal Theory of Leadership
A Special Situation: How Leaders Make Decisions
The Tannenbaum and Schmidt Leadership Continuum
The Vroom–Yetton–Jago Model
Leaders Changing Organizations
The Tasks of Transformational Leaders
Leaders Coaching Others
Steps for Success: Tips for Establishing a Coaching Program
Coaching Behavior
Leadership: Emerging Concepts for Modern Times
Servant Leadership
Level 5 Leadership
Practical Challenge: Leading for Greatness: The 30% Club Is Now in Hong Kong
Authentic Leadership
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
16. Motivation
Motivation Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: How Disney Motivates Its Employees
Defining Motivation
Process Theories of Motivation
The Needs-Goal Theory of Motivation
The Vroom Expectancy Theory of Motivation
Equity Theory of Motivation
The Porter–Lawler Theory of Motivation
Content Theories of Motivation: Human Needs
Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs
Alderfer’s ERG Theory
Practical Challenge: Developing Rewards: Excellence in Motion—Jaguar Land Rover Graduate Rewards
Argyris’s Maturity-Immaturity Continuum
McClelland’s Acquired Needs Theory
Importance of Motivating Organization Members
Strategies for Motivating Organization Members
Managerial Communication
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Motivating Employees from Other Cultures
Theory X and Theory Y
Behavior Modification
Likert’s Management Systems
Steps for Success: Tips for Disciplining Employees Effectively
Monetary Incentives
Nonmonetary Incentives
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
17. Groups and Teams
Team Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: Better Teamwork Makes Numerica Credit Union a Winner
Groups
Kinds of Groups in Organizations
Formal Groups
Steps for Success: Leading Group Development
Informal Groups
Managing Work Groups
Determining Group Existence
Understanding the Evolution of Informal Groups
Teams
Groups versus Teams
Types of Teams in Organizations
Practical Challenge: Solving Problems as a Team: Malaysian Team Synergy and Problem Solving
Stages of Team Development
Forming
Storming
Norming
Performing
Adjourning
Team Effectiveness
Trust and Effective Teams
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Establishing Trust in International Teams
Collaboration and Effective Teams
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
18. Building Organization Culture
Organization Culture Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: Zappos Doesn’t Sell Shoes—It “Delivers WOW”
Fundamentals of Organization Culture
Defining Organization Culture
The Importance of Organization Culture
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: P&G’s Worldwide Business Conduct Manual
Functions of Organization Culture
Types of Organization Culture
Building a High-Performance Organization Culture
Practical Challenge: Building a High-Performance Culture: Xerox Emirates’ Proactive Approach
Keeping Organization Culture Alive and Well
Establishing a Vision of Organization Culture
Building and Maintaining Organization Culture through Artifacts
Steps for Success: Tips for Writing a Values Statement
Integrating New Employees into the Organization Culture
Maintaining the Health of Organization Culture
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
19. Controlling, Information, and Technology
Controlling Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: Domino’s Goes High-Tech with Easy Order
The Fundamentals of Controlling
Defining Control
The Controlling Subsystem
The Controlling Process
Measuring Performance
Comparing Measured Performance to Standards
Taking Corrective Action
Power and Control
A Definition of Power
Total Power of a Manager
Steps for Increasing Total Power
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Australia—Cultural Differences in Management and Leadership
Making Controlling Successful
Essentials of Information
Factors Influencing the Value of Information
Steps for Success: Getting a Handle on Big Data
Evaluating Information
The Information System (IS)
Describing the IS
Practical Challenge: Using Data from Social Media: Big Data Scoring
Managing Information Systems
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
20. Production and Control
Production Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: Tesla Production Will Be Fastest in History
Production and Productivity
Defining Production
Productivity
Quality and Productivity
Focus on Continual Improvement
Focus on Quality and Integrated Operations
Practical Challenge: Continual Improvement: At Wisconsin Hospitals, Costs Fall as Quality Rises
Automation
Strategies, Systems, and Processes
Operations Management
Defining Operations Management
Operations Management Considerations
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Choosing a Factory Location: Gothenburg Leads the Charge
Operations Control
Just-in-Time Inventory Control
Maintenance Control
Cost Control
Budgetary Control
Steps for Success: Controlling with a Budget
Ratio Analysis
Materials Control
Operations Control Tools
Using Control Tools to Control Organizations
Inspection
Management by Exception
Management by Objectives
Break-Even Analysis
Other Broad Operations Control Tools
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
Appendix 1: Managing: History and Current Thinking
Comprehensive Management Skill and Your Career
Challenge Case: How Management Innovation Keeps Ford Moving Ahead
The Classical Approach
Lower-Level Management Analysis
Practical Challenge: Improving Productivity: Tracking Sensors Take Work Measurement to a New Level
Comprehensive Analysis of Management
Limitations of the Classical Approach
The Behavioral Approach
The Hawthorne Studies
Recognizing the Human Variable
Steps for Success: Understanding Employees
The Human Relations Movement
The Management Science Approach
The Beginning of the Management Science Approach
Management Science Today
Characteristics of Management Science Applications
The Contingency Approach
The System Approach
Types of Systems
Systems and “Wholeness”
The Management System
Information for Management System Analysis
Learning Organization: A New Approach?
Tips for Managing Around the Globe: IBM’s “Crowded” Learning Environment
Challenge Case Summary
Class Preparation and Personal Study
Management Skills Exercises
Glossary
Author Index
Subject Index
Back Cover
Recommend Papers

Modern Management: Concepts and Skills (What's New in Management) [15 ed.]
 0134729137, 9780134729138

  • 0 0 0
  • Like this paper and download? You can publish your own PDF file online for free in a few minutes! Sign Up
File loading please wait...
Citation preview

This is a special edition of an established title widely used by colleges and universities throughout the world. Pearson published this exclusive edition for the benefit of students outside the United States and Canada. If you purchased this book within the United States or Canada, you should be aware that it has been imported without the approval of the Publisher or Author.

• Management Skills Exercises provide additional discussion questions for the Challenge Case as well as an additional short case. • Three Experiential Exercises at the end of each chapter help students to use active learning, manage their careers, and demonstrate the knowledge and skill acquired in that chapter.

FIFTEENTH EDITION

• Tips for Managing Around the Globe, Steps for Success, and Practical Challenge callouts highlight the practical applications of management concepts.

Modern Management

• Challenge Cases at the beginning of each chapter present a company facing a challenge relevant to the topic of the chapter. Challenge Case Summaries at the end of each chapter demonstrate how managers have used the concepts presented in the chapter to address the challenge.

Concepts and Skills

Today’s managers continue to face exciting new opportunities and challenges. The fifteenth edition of Modern Management: Concepts and Skills combines the most seminal perspectives on management with the most current studies in the field to fulfill two objectives: maximize the student’s understanding of critical management concepts and develop related management skills. Cutting-edge research on individuals, teams, and organizations is integrated with the following features to enhance students’ performance, their employability, and their careers.

GLOBAL EDITION

GLOBAL EDITION

GLOBAL EDITION

Modern Management Concepts and Skills FIFTEENTH EDITION

Certo • Certo

Samuel C. Certo • S. Trevis Certo Certo_15_1292265191_Final.indd 1

11/1/18 3:51 PM

93%

92%

eText

Dynamic Study Modules

93%

Personal inventory assessment

94% Dynamic Study Modules help students study chapter topics effectively on their own by continuously assessing their knowledge application and performance in real time. These are available as graded assignments prior to class, and accessible on smartphones, tablets, and computers.

Study Plan

Pearson eText enhances student learning—both in and outside the classroom. Take notes, highlight, and bookmark important content. Accessible anytime, anywhere via MyLab or the app.

% of students who found learning tool helpful

86%

of students would tell their instructor to keep using MyLab Management The MyLab Gradebook offers an easy way for students and instructors to view course performance. Item Analysis allows instructors to quickly see trends by analyzing details like the number of students who answered correctly/incorrectly, time on task, and median time spend on a question by question basis. And because it’s correlated with the AACSB Standards, instructors can track students’ progress toward outcomes that the organization has deemed important in preparing students to be leaders.

“I was able to find myself actually learning at home rather than memorizing things for a class.” — Katherine Vicente, Student at County College of Morris

For additional details visit: www.pearson.com/mylab/management

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 1

21/09/18 4:26 PM

This page intentionally left blank

edition

15

Global Edition

Modern Management concepts and skills

Samuel C. Certo

Emeritus Dean and Steinmetz Professor of Management Roy E. Crummer Graduate School of Business Rollins College

S. Trevis Certo

Jerry B. and Mary Anne Chapman Professor of Business W. P. Carey School of Business Arizona State University

Harlow, England • London • New York • Boston • San Francisco • Toronto • Sydney • Dubai • Singapore • Hong Kong Tokyo • Seoul • Taipei • New Delhi • Cape Town • Sao Paulo • Mexico City • Madrid • Amsterdam • Munich • Paris • Milan

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 3

21/09/18 4:26 PM

Pearson Education Limited KAO Two KAO Park Harlow CM17 9NA United Kingdom and Associated Companies throughout the world Visit us on the World Wide Web at: www.pearsonglobaleditions.com © Pearson Education Limited, 2019 The rights of Samuel C. Certo and S. Trevis Certo to be identified as the authors of this work have been asserted by them in accordance with the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988. Authorized adaptation from the United States edition, entitled Modern Management: Concepts and Skills, 15th Edition, ISBN 978-0-13-472913-8, by Samuel C. Certo and S. Trevis Certo, published by Pearson Education © 2019. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without either the prior written permission of the publisher or a license permitting restricted copying in the United Kingdom issued by the Copyright Licensing Agency Ltd, Saffron House, 6–10 Kirby Street, London EC1N 8TS. All trademarks used herein are the property of their respective owners. The use of any trademark in this text does not vest in the author or publisher any trademark ownership rights in such trademarks, nor does the use of such trademarks imply any affiliation with or endorsement of this book by such owners. For information regarding permissions, request forms, and the appropriate contacts within the Pearson Education Global Rights and Permissions department, please visit www.pearsoned.com/permissions. This eBook is a standalone product and may or may not include all assets that were part of the print version. It also does not provide access to other Pearson digital products like MyLab and Mastering. The publisher reserves the right to remove any material in this eBook at any time. British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library ISBN 10: 1-292-26519-1 ISBN 13: 978-1-292-26519-3 eBook ISBN 13: 978-1-292-26524-7 Typeset in Times LT Pro-Roman by Cenveo® Publisher Services

Brief Contents Preface   17

PART 1

Introduction to Modern Management   1 Introducing Modern Management: Concepts and Skills   31 2 Management and Entrepreneurship: Handling Start-Ups and New Ventures   54

PART 2

Modern Management Challenges  



3 Society, Ethics, and Sustainability   4 Management and Diversity   97 5 Managing in the Global Arena   123 6 Creativity and Innovation   149

PART 3

Planning  



7 Plans and Planning Tools   173 8 Making Decisions   199 9 Strategic Planning: Strategies, Tactics, and Competitive

PART 4

Organizing  



PART 5

PART 6

72

Dynamics   220

10 Fundamentals of Organizing   244 11 Responsibility, Authority, and Delegation   266 12 Human Resource Management   287 13 Changing Organizations: Stress, Conflict, and Virtuality  

309

Influencing   14 Influencing and Communication   334 15 Leadership   358 16 Motivation   386 17 Groups and Teams   411 18 Building Organization Culture   437 Controlling  

19 Controlling, Information, and Technology   460 20 Production and Control   485 Appendix 1 Managing: History and Current Thinking  514

Glossary  537 Author Index  549 Subject Index  559

5

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 5

24/09/18 2:51 PM

Contents About the Authors  15 Preface  17

PART 1 Introduction to Modern Management   1 Introducing Modern Management: Concepts and Skills  31 Management Skill and Your Career  31 CHALLENGE CASE:   Coke’s New CEO Battles a Changing Market   32 A Manager’s Task   33

The Role of Management   35 Defining Management   35 The Management Process: Management Functions   35

2 Management and Entrepreneurship: Handling Start-Ups and New Ventures   54 Entrepreneurship Skill and Your Career   54 CHALLENGE CASE:   Professor Becomes Restaurateur   55 Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship   56 Types of Opportunities   57 Opportunity Identification   58 Opportunity Evaluation   59

STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Testing Business Ideas   60

Opportunity Exploitation   60 Financing Exploitation  62 Corporate Entrepreneurship   62

PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: RAISING FUNDS: Bohemian Guitars Tests the Waters of Crowdfunding   63

Management Process and Organizational Resources   36

Social Entrepreneurship   64

Management Skill: The Key to Management Success   39

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    66

Management and Organizational Resources   37 PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: ATTAINING GOALS: Lawrence Jones Motivates Employees at UKFast   37 The Universality of Management   39

Defining Management Skill   40 Management Skill: A Classic View   40 STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Developing Human Skills   41 Management Skill: A Contemporary View   41 Management Skill: A Focus of This Book   42

Management Careers   43

A Definition of Career   43 Career Stages, Life Stages, and Performance   44 Promoting Your Own Career   45 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: Making the Most of International Experience   45 Special Career Issues   46

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    48 Class Preparation and Personal Study   49 Management Skills Exercises   50

How Do Commercial and Social Entrepreneurship Differ?   64 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: Taking a Global View of Opportunities: One Earth Designs   65 Success Factors in Social Entrepreneurship   65

Class Preparation and Personal Study   67 Management Skills Exercises   68

PART 2

Modern Management Challenges   3 Society, Ethics, and Sustainability   72 Social Responsibility Skill and Your Career   72 CHALLENGE CASE:   IKEA Builds on Its Commitment to the Environment   73 Fundamentals of Social Responsibility   74

Areas of Social Responsibility   74 Varying Opinions on Social Responsibility   75

6

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 6

24/09/18 2:51 PM

CONTENTS



Conclusions about the Performance of Social Responsibility Activities by Business   76

Social Responsiveness   77

Determining Whether a Social Responsibility Exists  77 Social Responsiveness and Decision Making   78 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: China Focuses on Agricultural (Ag) Sustainability   78 Approaches to Meeting Social Responsibilities   79

The Social Audit Challenge   80 The Philanthropy Challenge   81 The Sustainable Organization Challenge   82 Defining Sustainability   82 Defining a Sustainable Organization   82 Why Sustainability?   83 Steps for Achieving Sustainability   84 PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: ACHIEVING SUSTAINABILITY: Free Recycled Water in Abu Dhabi   84

Managers and Ethics   86

A Definition of Ethics   86 Why Ethics Is a Vital Part of Management Practices   86 A Code of Ethics   87 Creating an Ethical Workplace   87 STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Creating an Ethical Work Environment   89 Following the Law: Sarbanes–Oxley Reform Standards   89

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    90 Class Preparation and Personal Study   92 Management Skills Exercises   93

4 Management and Diversity  

97

Diversity Skill and Your Career   97 CHALLENGE CASE:   Diverse Employees Contribute to GE Lighting’s Bright Future   98 Defining Diversity   99

The Social Implications of Diversity   99

Advantages of Diversity in Organizations   100 Gaining and Keeping Market Share   100 Cost Savings   100 Increased Productivity and Innovation   101 Better Quality Management   101

Challenges That Managers Face in Working with Diverse Populations   102

Changing Demographics   102 Multigenerational Workforce   103 Ethnocentrism and Other Negative Dynamics   103 PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: SETTING DIVERSITY TARGETS: Pinterest Sets Hiring Goals for a More Diverse Workforce   104 Negative Dynamics and Specific Groups   105

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 7

7

Strategies for Promoting Diversity in Organizations  107

Promoting Diversity through Hudson Institute Strategies   107 Promoting Diversity through Equal Employment and Affirmative Action   108 Promoting Diversity through Organizational Commitment   109 Promoting Diversity through Pluralism   110 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: Deloitte UK “Hides” College and University Degrees   111

How Managers Promote Diversity   112

Planning   112 Organizing   112 Influencing   113 Controlling   113 STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Generation Z Members and Their Challenges   113 Management Development and Diversity Training   114

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    116 Class Preparation and Personal Study   117 Management Skills Exercises   118

5 Managing in the Global Arena  

123

Global Management Skill and Your Career   123 CHALLENGE CASE:   KFC Opens a Store a Day in China   124 Fundamentals of International Management   125 Categorizing Organizations by Level of International Involvement   127

Domestic Organizations   127 International Organizations   127 Multinational Organizations: The Multinational Corporation   127

Multinational Corporations   128

Complexities of Managing the Multinational Corporation   128 PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: MANAGING RISK: Risk Management Indonesia’s Industry Ministry Steps Up   130 Risk and the Multinational Corporation   130

The Workforce of Multinational Corporations   130

Types of Organization Members Found in Multinational Corporations   131 Workforce Adjustments   131 Adjusting to a New Culture   131 Repatriation   131

Management Functions and Multinational Corporations   132

Planning in Multinational Corporations   132

21/09/18 4:26 PM

8

CONTENTS

Organizing Multinational Corporations   135 Influencing People in Multinational Corporations   137 STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Examples of Business Etiquette in Other Cultures   139 Controlling Multinational Corporations   139

PART 3

Planning   7 Plans and Planning Tools  

173

Planning Skill and Your Career   173 CHALLENGE CASE:   Wal-Mart Plans to Have What You Want   174

Transnational Organizations   140 International Management: Special Issues   140

General Characteristics of Planning   175

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    142

Types of Plans   176

Maintaining Ethics in International Management   140 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: Managing Expatriates   141 Preparing Expatriates for Foreign Assignments   142

Class Preparation and Personal Study   143 Management Skills Exercises   144

6 Creativity and Innovation  

149

Creativity and Innovation Skill and Your Career   149 CHALLENGE CASE:   Olde Peninsula Brings Brewpub Innovation to Kalamazoo   150 Creativity   151

Defining Creativity   151 Creativity in Organizations   151

Creativity in Individuals   152

PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: ENABLING CREATIVITY: UN Development Program Backs Creative Responses to Crises   153

Increasing Creativity in Organizations   153 Innovation and Creativity   156 Defining Innovation   156 Linking Innovation and Creativity   157

The Innovation Process   157

STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Inviting Inventions at a Hackathon   159

Catalyst for Creativity and Innovation: Total Quality Management   160

Essentials of Total Quality Management   160 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: Michelin’s Quality Advantage   161

The Quality Improvement Process   163

Creative Ideas Based on TQM Expertise   165

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    167 Class Preparation and Personal Study   168 Management Skills Exercises   169

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 8

Defining Planning   175 Purposes of Planning   175 Planning: Advantages and Potential Disadvantages   175 Primacy of Planning   176

Standing Plans: Policies, Procedures, and Rules   176 STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Tips for Setting a Budget   177 Single-Use Plans: Programs and Budgets   178

Steps in the Planning Process   179 Organizational Objectives: Planning’s Foundation   180

Definition of Organizational Objectives   180 Areas for Organizational Objectives   181 Working with Organizational Objectives   182 Guidelines for Establishing Quality Objectives   182

Management by Objectives (MBO)   183

Factors Necessary for a Successful MBO Program   183 MBO Programs: Advantages and Disadvantages   184

Planning Tools   184

Forecasting   185 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: Pyramid Inspiration for Project Management in Egypt   186 Scheduling   188 PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: MEETING DEADLINES: Philippine Banks and FATCA   189 Why Plans Fail   191

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    191 Class Preparation and Personal Study   193 Management Skills Exercises   194

8 Making Decisions  

199

Decision-Making Skill and Your Career   199 CHALLENGE CASE:   Whole Foods Decides to Open in Detroit   200 Fundamentals of Decisions   201 Definition of a Decision   201 Types of Decisions   201

25/09/18 5:09 PM

CONTENTS



The Responsibility for Making Organizational Decisions   202 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: Shaw Industries Paves the Way for Good Decisions   202 Elements of the Decision Situation   203

The Rational Decision-Making Process   204

Business Portfolio Analysis   230 Strategy Formulation: Types   232 Sample Organizational Strategies   232

Strategy Implementation   233

TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: Ryanair Utilizes Cost Leadership Strategy   234

Identifying an Existing Problem   205 Listing Alternative Solutions   205 Selecting the Most Beneficial Alternative   206 Implementing the Chosen Alternative   207 Gathering Problem-Related Feedback   207 Bounded Rationality   207 PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: DECISION MAKING AND INTUITION: Tony Fernandes Is Not a Rational Thinker (Or Maybe He Is)!   207

Strategic Control   234 Tactical Planning   234

Decision-Making Heuristics and Biases   208 Decision-Making Conditions: Risk and Uncertainty   208

Class Preparation and Personal Study   239 Management Skills Exercises   240

Decision Making and Intuition   208

Decision-Making Tools   209 Probability Theory   209 Decision Trees   210

Group Decision Making   211

Advantages and Disadvantages of Using Groups to Make Decisions   211 STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Facilitating Group Decisions   212 Processes for Making Group Decisions   212 Evaluating Group Decision-Making Processes   213

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    214 Class Preparation and Personal Study   215 Management Skills Exercises   216

9 Strategic Planning: Strategies, Tactics, and Competitive Dynamics   220 Strategic Planning Skill and Your Career   220 CHALLENGE CASE:   Facebook Positions Itself to Stay Relevant   221

Comparing and Coordinating Strategic and Tactical Planning   235

Competitive Dynamics   235

PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: COMPETITIVE DYNAMICS FOR OIL: Shale Boom Shakes the Sheiks  236

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    237

PART 4

Organizing   10 Fundamentals of Organizing  

CHALLENGE CASE:   Microsoft Tries to Program Unity with Its New Structure   245 Definitions of Organizing and Organizing Skill   246 The Importance of Organizing   246 The Organizing Process   247 Classical Organizing Theory   248

Weber’s Bureaucratic Model   248 Division of Labor   249

Advantages and Disadvantages of Division of Labor   249 Division of Labor and Coordination   249 PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: COORDINATION: How the MBTA Moved Forward with Security   250 Follett’s Guidelines on Coordination   250

Structure   250

Establishing Organizational Direction   227

Types of Departmentalization   253

Determining Organizational Mission   228 Developing a Mission Statement   228 The Importance of an Organizational Mission   228 The Relationship between Mission and Objectives   228

Strategy Formulation: Tools   228

STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Ask the Right Questions   229 Critical Question Analysis   229 SWOT Analysis   229

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 9

244

Organizing Skill and Your Career   244

Strategic Planning and Strategy   222 Strategic Management Process   223 Environmental Analysis   223 The General Environment   224 The Industry Environment   226 The Internal Environment   227

9

Informal Organizational Structures   250 Vertical Dimensioning   251 Horizontal Dimensioning   253

Departments Based on Function   253 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: France Bans E-Mails after Work   254 Departments Based on Product or Service   255 Departments Based on Geography   256 Departments Based on Customer   256 Departments by Matrix   257 STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Managing in a Matrix Structure   257

21/09/18 4:26 PM

10

CONTENTS

Recruitment   289

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    260

Knowing the Job   289 Knowing Sources of Human Resources   290 Sources Outside the Organization   293 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: European Companies Need Women on Their Boards   294 Knowing the Law   294

Class Preparation and Personal Study   261 Management Skills Exercises   262

11 Responsibility, Authority, and Delegation   266

Selection   295

Responsibility and Delegation Skill and Your Career   266 CHALLENGE CASE:   Autonomy at Hy-Vee Supermarkets   267 Responsibility and Job Descriptions   268

STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Tips for Delegating Tasks   268

Dividing Job Activities   269

The Functional Similarity Method   269 Functional Similarity and Responsibility   269

Authority   271

Authority on the Job   271 Acceptance of Authority   272 Types of Authority   272 Accountability   275

Delegation   275

PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: ACCOUNTABILITY: Airport Authority Hong Kong and Accountability   275 Steps in the Delegation Process   276 Obstacles to the Delegation Process   276 Eliminating Obstacles to the Delegation Process   277

Centralization and Decentralization   277

Decentralizing an Organization: A Contingency Viewpoint   278 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: Decentralizing for Diverse Markets: The Four Seasons Example   279 Decentralization at Massey-Ferguson: A Classic Example from the World of Management   279

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    280 Class Preparation and Personal Study   282 Management Skills Exercises   282

287

Human Resource Management Skill and Your Career   287 CHALLENGE CASE:   Netflix Revamps Its Human Resources   288

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 10

Determining Training Needs   297 Designing the Training Program   298 Administering the Training Program   298 STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Tips for Being an Effective Interviewer   299 Evaluating the Training Program   300 Why Use Performance Appraisals?   301 Multisource Feedback   301 PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: POLITICIZED APPRAISALS: Is Organizational Politics a Fact of Life?   301 Handling Performance Appraisals   302 Potential Weaknesses of Performance Appraisals   302

Management Responsibility Guide   270

Defining Appropriate Human Resources   289

Training   297

Performance Appraisal  300

Clarifying Job Activities of Managers   270

12 Human Resource Management  

Testing   295 Assessment Centers   296

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    302 Class Preparation and Personal Study   304 Management Skills Exercises   305

13 Changing Organizations: Stress, Conflict, and Virtuality   309 Organizational Change Skill and Your Career   309 CHALLENGE CASE:   How Huntington Hospital Introduced Electronic Health Records   310 Fundamentals of Changing an Organization   311 Defining Changing an Organization   311 Change versus Stability   312

Factors to Consider When Changing an Organization   312

The Change Agent   312 Determining What Should Be Changed   313 The Kind of Change to Make   313 Individuals Affected by the Change   316 Evaluation of the Change   317 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: Sincere Changes: Managing Change in a 118 Year Old Department Store   318

Change and Stress   318

Defining Stress   318 The Importance of Studying Stress   319

21/09/18 4:26 PM

CONTENTS



Managing Stress in Organizations   319 STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Managing Stress   320

Change and Conflict   321

Leader versus Manager   360

Early Approaches to Leadership   361

More Recent Approaches to Leadership   363

TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: Adapting Your Leadership Style in Other Cultures   363 The Life Cycle Theory of Leadership   364 Fiedler’s Contingency Theory   365 The Path–Goal Theory of Leadership   367

Virtuality   324

Defining a Virtual Organization   324 Degrees of Virtuality   324 The Virtual Office   324

A Special Situation: How Leaders Make Decisions   368

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    326 Class Preparation and Personal Study   328 Management Skills Exercises   329

The Tannenbaum and Schmidt Leadership Continuum   368 The Vroom–Yetton–Jago Model   371

Leaders Changing Organizations   372

PART 5

The Tasks of Transformational Leaders   373

Influencing  

Leaders Coaching Others   373

14 Influencing and Communication  

334

Communication Skill and Your Career   334 CHALLENGE CASE:   How Evernote’s Phil Libin Keeps Communication Flowing   335 Fundamentals of Influencing   336 Defining Influencing   336 The Influencing Subsystem   336

Emotional Intelligence   338

PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE: PepsiCo Pilot Project   338

Communication   339

Interpersonal Communication   340 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: Cross-Cultural Communication   342 STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Crafting an Elevator Speech   346

Interpersonal Communication in Organizations   346

Formal Organizational Communication   347 Informal Organizational Communication   348

Encouraging Organizational Communication   350 CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    351 Class Preparation and Personal Study   353 Management Skills Exercises   353 358

Leadership Skill and Your Career   358 CHALLENGE CASE:   Bain & Company’s CEO, Bob Bechek, Leads the Team   359

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 11

Defining Leadership   360

The Trait Approach to Leadership   361 Behavioral Approaches to Leadership   361

Defining Conflict   321 Strategies for Settling Conflict   322 PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: MANAGING CONFLICT: Southwest Airlines Embraces Positive Conflict   322

15 Leadership  

11

STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Tips for Establishing a Coaching Program   373 Coaching Behavior   374

Leadership: Emerging Concepts for Modern Times   374 Servant Leadership   375 Level 5 Leadership   376 PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: LEADING FOR GREATNESS: The 30% Club Is Now in Hong Kong   377 Authentic Leadership   377

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    378 Class Preparation and Personal Study   380 Management Skills Exercises   381

16 Motivation  

386

Motivation Skill and Your Career   386 CHALLENGE CASE:   How Disney Motivates Its Employees   387 Defining Motivation   388 Process Theories of Motivation   388

The Needs-Goal Theory of Motivation   388 The Vroom Expectancy Theory of Motivation   389 Equity Theory of Motivation   390 The Porter–Lawler Theory of Motivation   391

Content Theories of Motivation: Human Needs   391

Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs   392 Alderfer’s ERG Theory   392 PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: DEVELOPING REWARDS: Excellence in Motion—Jaguar Land Rover Graduate Rewards   393 Argyris’s Maturity-Immaturity Continuum   393 McClelland’s Acquired Needs Theory   394

21/09/18 4:26 PM

12

CONTENTS

Importance of Motivating Organization Members   394 Strategies for Motivating Organization Members   395

Managerial Communication   395 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: Motivating Employees from Other Cultures   396 Theory X and Theory Y   396 Behavior Modification   399 Likert’s Management Systems   400 STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Tips for Disciplining Employees Effectively   401 Monetary Incentives   402 Nonmonetary Incentives   402

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    403 Class Preparation and Personal Study   404 Management Skills Exercises   405

17 Groups and Teams  

437

Organization Culture Skill and Your Career   437 CHALLENGE CASE:   Zappos Doesn’t Sell Shoes—It “Delivers WOW”   438 Fundamentals of Organization Culture   439

Defining Organization Culture   439 The Importance of Organization Culture   439 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: P&G’s Worldwide Business Conduct Manual   440

Functions of Organization Culture   440 Types of Organization Culture   441 Building a High-Performance Organization Culture   443

PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: BUILDING A HIGH-PERFORMANCE CULTURE: Xerox Emirates’ Proactive Approach   445

Keeping Organization Culture Alive and Well   446 411

Team Skill and Your Career   411 CHALLENGE CASE:   Better Teamwork Makes Numerica Credit Union a Winner   412 Groups   413 Kinds of Groups in Organizations   413 Formal Groups   413 STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Leading Group Development   418 Informal Groups   418

Managing Work Groups   419

Determining Group Existence   419 Understanding the Evolution of Informal Groups   420

Teams   421

Groups versus Teams   421 Types of Teams in Organizations   422 PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: SOLVING PROBLEMS AS A TEAM: Malaysian Team Synergy and Problem Solving   422

Stages of Team Development   424

Forming   424 Storming   424 Norming   424 Performing   424 Adjourning   424 Team Effectiveness   425 Trust and Effective Teams   426 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: Establishing Trust in International Teams   427

Collaboration and Effective Teams   427 CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    428

Class Preparation and Personal Study   430 Management Skills Exercises   431

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 12

18 Building Organization Culture  

Establishing a Vision of Organization Culture   446 Building and Maintaining Organization Culture through Artifacts   448 STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Tips for Writing a Values Statement   450 Integrating New Employees into the Organization Culture   451 Maintaining the Health of Organization Culture   452

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    453 Class Preparation and Personal Study   454 Management Skills Exercises   455

PART 6

Controlling   19 Controlling, Information, and Technology   460 Controlling Skill and Your Career   460 CHALLENGE CASE:   Domino’s Goes High-Tech with Easy Order   461 The Fundamentals of Controlling   462 Defining Control   462 The Controlling Subsystem   462

The Controlling Process   462

Measuring Performance   462 Comparing Measured Performance to Standards   463 Taking Corrective Action   465

Power and Control   466

A Definition of Power   466 Total Power of a Manager   467 Steps for Increasing Total Power   467

21/09/18 4:26 PM

CONTENTS



TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: Australia—Cultural Differences in Management and Leadership   467 Making Controlling Successful   468

Essentials of Information   469

Factors Influencing the Value of Information   469 STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Getting a Handle on Big Data   471 Evaluating Information   472

The Information System (IS)   473

Describing the IS   473 PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: USING DATA FROM SOCIAL MEDIA: Big Data Scoring   474 Managing Information Systems   476

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    478 Class Preparation and Personal Study   479 Management Skills Exercises   480

20 Production and Control  

485

Production Skill and Your Career   485 CHALLENGE CASE:   Tesla Production Will Be Fastest in History   486 Production and Productivity   487 Defining Production   487 Productivity   487

Quality and Productivity   488

Focus on Continual Improvement   488 Focus on Quality and Integrated Operations   488 PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: CONTINUAL IMPROVEMENT: At Wisconsin Hospitals, Costs Fall as Quality Rises   489 Automation   490 Strategies, Systems, and Processes   491

Operations Management   492

Defining Operations Management   492 Operations Management Considerations   492 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: Choosing a Factory Location: Gothenburg Leads the Charge   494

Operations Control   497

Just-in-Time Inventory Control   497 Maintenance Control   498 Cost Control   499 Budgetary Control   499 STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Controlling with a Budget   500 Ratio Analysis   501 Materials Control   502

Operations Control Tools   502

Using Control Tools to Control Organizations   503 Inspection   503

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 13

13

Management by Exception   503 Management by Objectives   504 Break-Even Analysis   504 Other Broad Operations Control Tools   506

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    507 Class Preparation and Personal Study   509 Management Skills Exercises   510

Appendix 1 Managing: History and Current Thinking   514 Comprehensive Management Skill and Your Career  514 CHALLENGE CASE:   How Management Innovation Keeps Ford Moving Ahead   515 The Classical Approach   516

Lower-Level Management Analysis  517 PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: IMPROVING PRODUCTIVITY: Tracking Sensors Take Work Measurement to a New Level  518 Comprehensive Analysis of Management  520 Limitations of the Classical Approach  521

The Behavioral Approach  521

The Hawthorne Studies  522 Recognizing the Human Variable  522 STEPS FOR SUCCESS: Understanding Employees 523 The Human Relations Movement  523

The Management Science Approach  523 The Beginning of the Management Science Approach  524 Management Science Today  524 Characteristics of Management Science Applications  525

The Contingency Approach   525 The System Approach   525

Types of Systems  526 Systems and “Wholeness”  526 The Management System  526 Information for Management System Analysis  527

Learning Organization: A New Approach?   528 TIPS FOR MANAGING AROUND THE GLOBE: IBM’s “Crowded” Learning Environment  529

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY    529 Class Preparation and Personal Study  530 Management Skills Exercises  531 Glossary  537 Author Index  549 Subject Index  559

21/09/18 4:26 PM

This page intentionally left blank

About the Authors Dr. Samuel C. Certo is presently Emeritus Dean and Steinmetz Professor of Management at the Roy E. Crummer Graduate School of Business at Rollins College. Over his career, Dr. Certo has received many prestigious awards, including the Award for Innovative Teaching from the Southern Business Association, the Instructional Innovation Award granted by the Decision Sciences Institute, and the Charles A. Welsh Memorial Award for outstanding teaching. He has also received the Bornstein and Cornell Awards for teaching and global recognition of his scholarship. Dr. Certo has also authored or co-authored several highly regarded textbooks, including Modern Management: Concepts and Skills, Strategic Management: Concepts and Applications, and Supervision: Concepts and Applications. His textbooks have been translated into several languages for distribution throughout the world. His newest popular-market book, Chasing Wisdom: Finding Everyday Leadership in Business and Life, recommends combining business and biblical principles to build successful organizations. His podcast program emphasizing the chasing wisdom concept is available on iTunes. The number of its listeners is growing, and it now has listeners in over 200 countries. A past chairperson of the Management Education and Development Division of the Academy of Management, he has had the honor of being presented with the group’s Excellence in Leadership Award. Dr. Certo has also served as president of the Association for Business Simulation and Experiential Learning, an associate editor for Simulation and Games, and as a review board member of the Academy of Management Review. His consulting experience has been extensive and includes notable participation on boards of directors in both public and private companies. S. Trevis Certo is the Jerry B. and Mary Anne Chapman Professor of Business in the Department of Management and Entrepreneurship in the W. P. Carey School of Business at Arizona State University. His research focuses on corporate governance, top management teams, initial public offerings (IPOs), and research methodology. Trevis’s research has appeared in Academy of Management Journal, Academy of Management Review, Strategic Management Journal, Journal of Management, Journal of Business Venturing, Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, Journal of Management Studies, Business Ethics Quarterly, Journal of Business Ethics, California Management Review, and Business Horizons. Trevis also serves on the editorial boards of Academy of Management Journal and Strategic Management Journal. Trevis has taught undergraduate, MBA, EMBA, and PhD courses in strategic management, research methodology, and international business at Arizona State University, Texas A&M University, Indiana University, Tulane University, and Wuhan University (China).



A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 15

15

21/09/18 4:26 PM

Letter from the Authors Dear Colleague, Thank you for taking the time to review our book. If you are reading this right now, you likely agree with our (perhaps biased) opinion that Management is one of the most important courses that students will take in their academic careers. Regardless of their majors, management will likely be in your students’ futures. Whether your students graduate to become salesforce members, financial analysts, or supply chain specialists, they will undoubtedly work for managers. This book will help students understand how managers work. Moreover, the concepts in this text will help students prepare for their own future management positions. It is hard to believe that this management textbook, now in its fifteenth edition, is over 35 years old. While a little younger than companies such as Apple and Microsoft, it is amazing to think that our book is older than companies like Alphabet (Google), Costco, Amazon, Lockheed Martin, and Netflix. Like these leading companies, our book has advanced over the years, relying on one constant theme: innovation. We created a product that resonated with the academic community, and we continuously innovated over the decades that followed. Specifically, over the years we have continued to integrate leading-edge research on individuals, teams, and organizations with pedagogical techniques designed to enhance students’ performance, their ability to obtain employment, and ultimately their careers. The unique approach of our book is that each chapter in our comprehensive text helps students develop a specific management skill. The content specifically focuses on how students can be more strategic and more creative, work as team members, become successful leaders, and more. We designed our chapters to build these skills (and others) to fulfill the objective of this book: To help students both obtain employment and flourish in the workplace. The work on the pages that follow is largely the result of our interactions with the many instructors around the globe who use our book. Thank you! If we can help, please do not hesitate to email us! Sincerely, Samuel C. Certo S. Trevis Certo [email protected] [email protected]

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 16

21/09/18 4:26 PM

Preface Build students’ management confidence by helping students not only learn management concepts but also develop a target skill in each chapter. Applying Management Concepts Each chapter opens with a Challenge Case that presents a company facing a particular challenge relevant to the topic of the chapter.

At the end of each chapter is the Challenge Case Summary, where students read about how the company manager(s) used the concepts presented in the chapter to address the challenge.



A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 17

17

21/09/18 4:26 PM

18

PREFACE

Tips for Managing Around the Globe, Steps for Success, and Practical Challenge callouts highlight practical applications of management concepts.

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 18

05/10/18 11:49 AM



PREFACE

19

Each chapter references assignable exercises in MyLab Management like Watch It! Videos about real companies to provide even more opportunities for students to apply the concepts they are learning to real-world situations.

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 19

01/11/18 12:56 pm

20

PREFACE

Personal Inventory Assessments, assignable in MyLab Management, are recommended by the authors in every chapter. These assessments provide immediate results to develop professionalism and awareness of oneself and others, giving students the skills necessary for their future career.

Developing Management Skills Target Skill and Skill and Your Career at the opening of each chapter focus on managerial skills that employers most value in job candidates. Students can develop these skills by completing specially designed, innovative learning activities, which appear both in the text and through MyLab Management.

Assessing Your Management Skills is an assignment in MyLab Management with an average of 15 questions that asks the students to indicate how they would advise senior management to respond to situations in the Case Challenge and Case Challenge Summary. Students receive instant feedback on their responses. Results flow to the gradebook.

Management Skills Exercises provide additional discussion questions to dig into the Challenge Case and a second, short case to help students better understand how concepts apply to companies and their challenges.

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 20

21/09/18 4:26 PM



PREFACE

21

Three Experiential Exercises are featured at the end of each chapter. The first type helps students use active learning, frequently in groups, to develop knowledge and skills specific to chapter content. The second, You and Your Career, is an exercise that asks students to reflect on chapter content to help them better understand how to manage their careers. The third type, Building Your Management Skills Portfolio activities, use real company examples and data points to help students demonstrate the management knowledge and skill acquired in that chapter.

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 21

21/09/18 4:26 PM

22

PREFACE

What’s New to This Edition NEW! Management Skill and Your Career Helps students understand the relationship between each chapter’s Target Skill and future employability.

UPDATED! Reorganized Table of Contents Reflects the changing importance placed on Entrepreneurship and Creativity and Innovation due to research on what companies are seeking in applicants. • Management and Entrepreneurship chapter (formally Appendix 2) is now Chapter 2. • Creativity and Innovation chapter (formally Appendix 3) is now Chapter 6.

NEW! Employability & Employability Skills Consistent with our traditional pragmatic focus on concepts and skills, a new theme has been added on what it means to be employable and developing related skills.

NEW! Chapter-Opening Challenge Cases & Chapter-Ending Challenge Case Summaries Half of the Challenge Cases and Challenge Case Summaries are new to this edition, including new cases on Netflix, Walt Disney Company, and Domino’s Pizza.

NEW! Chapter-Ending Cases Half of the Chapter-Ending Cases are new to this edition, including a new case on Fox News and CNN.

NEW! Experiential Exercises Half of the chapter-ending experiential exercises are new to this edition. Exercises focus on topics like conducting feasibility studies, managing Generation Z, and understanding cultures in other countries.

NEW! Chapter Highlights: Tips for Managing Around the Globe, Steps for Success, and Practical Challenge. Half of the highlights are new to this edition. New features focus on topics like P&G’s Integrity Statement, interviewing recruits at Home Depot, and China’s efforts to implement sustainable agricultural practices.

NEW AND UPDATED! Research Updates Each chapter topic was thoroughly reviewed for timeliness of cited research, with endnotes being modified as necessary. Topics now include, for example, employability, self-managed teams, organization development, and workplace bullying.

Chapter-by-Chapter Changes Introduction to Modern Management Chapter 1: Introducing Modern Management: Concepts and Skills • Updated with new Highlight: Management Skill and Your Career • New chapter coverage on employability skills and highlights about top-paid executives • New Challenge Case discusses Coca-Cola’s new CEO, James Quincey

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 22

21/09/18 4:26 PM

PREFACE



23

• New end-of-chapter case features Doze Mattresses and the challenges of managing a start-up business • New Experiential Exercise related to conceptual skills • New You and Your Career activity delves into managing older generations of workers Chapter 2: Management and Entrepreneurship: Handling Start-Ups and New Ventures • New Chapter Placement: Moved to front of book to emphasize entrepreneurship early in course • New Highlight: Entrepreneurship Skill and Your Career • New Challenge Case, Professor Becomes Restaurateur, focuses on start-ups • New Experiential Exercise focuses on conducting a feasibility study • New You and Your Career looks at hiring decisions • New Building Your Management Skills Portfolio activity discusses the entrepreneurship process

Modern Management Challenges Chapter 3: Society, Ethics, and Sustainability • • • •

New Highlight: Social Responsibility Skill and Your Career New chapter coverage on tracking sustainability goals New Challenge Case addresses how IKEA builds on its commitment to the environment New Tips for Managing Around the Globe focuses on China’s efforts to implement more sustainable agricultural practices • New Steps for Success is about P&G’s integrity statement • New Practical Challenge emphasizes sustainability at Mars • New end-of-chapter case on whistle-blowing at Wells Fargo Chapter 4: Management and Diversity • • • • • •

New Highlight: Diversity Skill and Your Career New chapter coverage on EEOC and related case settlements New Tips for Managing Around the Globe that looks at Deloitte UK New Steps for Success discusses Generation Z New Practical Challenge examines Pinterest’s hiring goals for a more diverse workforce New Challenge Case discusses how diverse employees contribute to GE Lighting’s bright future • New end-of-chapter case on Fox News and CNN’s racial discrimination lawsuits • New Experiential Exercise explores difficulty of managing Generation Z • New You and Your Career emphasizes discrimination Chapter 5: Managing in the Global Arena • New Highlight: Global Management Skill and Your Career • New chapter coverage of foreign investment in the United States, U.S. investment abroad, nonverbal gestures and different cultures, and the United Kingdom exiting the European Union • New Challenge Case discusses the phenomenal growth of KFC in China • New Experiential Exercise considers understanding other cultures • New You and Your Career examines moving a firm to Brazil. • New Building Your Management Skills Portfolio addresses challenges of working abroad Chapter 6: Creativity and Innovation • • • • •

New Chapter Placement: Moved to front of book to emphasize this topic earlier in course New Highlight: Creativity and Innovation Skill and Your Career New Challenge Case: Olde Peninsula Brings Brewpub Innovation to Kalamazoo New end-of-chapter case focuses on autonomous vehicles New Experiential Exercise uses student experiences in their principles of management course to gain insight about how creativity and innovation can have an impact on the effectiveness of training environments • New You and Your Career emphasizes creative ways to enhance résumés

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 23

21/09/18 4:26 PM

24

PREFACE

Planning Chapter 7: Plans and Planning Tools • • • •

New Highlight: Planning Skill and Your Career New example illustrates how Mitsubishi Electric constructed a new training facility New Steps for Success feature reviews tips for creating a budget New end-of-chapter case showcases how Gillette is battling Dollar Shave Club

Chapter 8: Making Decisions • New Highlight: Decision-Making Skill and Your Career • New Practical Challenge features Ford deciding to cancel building a Mexican auto factory • New Building Your Management Skills Portfolio examines the decision making in solving a restaurant problem Chapter 9: Strategic Planning: Strategies, Tactics, and Competitive Dynamics • • • •

New Highlight: Strategic Planning Skill and Your Career New Tips for Managing Around the Globe explores Ryanair’s cost leadership strategy New Experiential Exercise focuses on applying Porter’s model to Burger King New Building Your Management Skills Portfolio activity examines strategic issues at Newell Brands

Organizing Chapter 10: Fundamentals of Organizing • New Highlight: Organizing Skill and Your Career • New Tips for Managing Around the Globe shows how a French law bans work e-mail after hours • New You and Your Career explores working in a flat versus tall organization structure • New Building Your Management Skills Portfolio examines coordination and span of management Chapter 11: Responsibility, Authority, and Delegation • • • •

New Highlight: Responsibility and Delegation Skill and Your Career New Challenge Case examines Hy-Vee Supermarkets and manager autonomy New Steps for Success provides tips for delegating tasks New end-of-chapter case reviews Warby Parker permitting employees to choose their own projects • New Experiential Exercise discusses centralization versus decentralization at Dairy Queen • New You and Your Career emphasizes job descriptions • New Building Your Management Skills Portfolio illustrates delegation at Etsy Chapter 12: Human Resource Management • • • • • •

New Highlight: Human Resource Management Skill and Your Career New Challenge Case discusses Netflix revamping its human resource function New Steps for Success gives tips for being an effective interviewer New Practical Challenge illustrates how Home Depot conducts interviews New end-of-chapter case looks at Disney using social media to recruit employees New Building Your Management Skills Portfolio illustrates conducting a human resource audit at Gold Star Chili

Chapter 13: Changing Organizations: Stress, Conflict, and Virtuality • New Highlight: Organizational Change Skill and Your Career • New chapter coverage of IBM and Yahoo! moving from virtual work arrangements back to traditional office settings • New Experiential Exercise discusses change agents in a campus organization • New You and Your Career focuses on stress reduction

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 24

21/09/18 4:26 PM

PREFACE



25

• New Building Your Management Skills Portfolio emphasizes helping employees through a major change at work

Influencing Chapter 14: Influencing and Communication • • • • • • •

New Highlight: Communication Skill and Your Career New Practical Challenge: Google’s Emotional Intelligence Course New Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Cross-Cultural Communication New Steps for Success: Crafting an Elevator Speech New end-of-chapter case: Houston Zoo Improves Internal Communication New You and Your Career discusses the use of mobile devices across different generations New Building Your Management Skills Portfolio examines Radisson Hotels

Chapter 15: Leadership • • • • • •

New Highlight: Leadership Skill and Your Career New Challenge Case: Bain & Company’s CEO, Bob Bechek, Leads the Team New Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Adapting Your Leadership Style in Other Cultures New Steps for Success: Tips for Establishing a Coaching Program New Practical Challenge: How Mary Barra, GM’s CEO, Meets the Leadership Challenge New Experiential Exercise explores leaders consulting with employees when making decisions • New Building Your Management Skills Portfolio discusses Don Blankenship, former president of the Upper Big Branch Mine, losing 29 miners in an industrial accident Chapter 16: Motivation • • • • •

New Highlight: Motivation Skill and Your Career New Challenge Case focuses on how Disney motivates employees New Practical Challenge: How The Home Depot Recognizes Employees New Tips for Managing Around the Globe: Motivating Employees from Other Cultures New Steps for Success: Tips for Disciplining Employees Effectively

Chapter 17: Groups and Teams • • • •

New Highlight: Team Skill and Your Career New chapter coverage on collaboration and effective work teams New Practical Challenge: How Momchil Kyurkchiev Builds Teams at Leanplum New You and Your Career exercise focusing on cross-functional teams

Chapter 18: Building Organization Culture • • • • •

New Highlight: Organization Culture Skill and Your Career New Tips for Managing Around the Globe: P&G’s Worldwide Business Conduct Manual New Steps for Success: Tips on Writing a Values Statement New Practical Challenge: Southwest Airlines Celebrates Its Organization Culture New You and Your Career feature focusing on an ideal organization culture

Controlling Chapter 19: Controlling, Information, and Technology • New Highlight: Controlling Skill and Your Career • New Challenge Case highlighting how Domino’s uses technology • New end-of-chapter case emphasizes how Metail helps buyers try on clothes with virtual models • New Experiential Exercise illustrates controlling instructional programs in organizations by having students reflect on personal experiences in their principles of management courses

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 25

21/09/18 4:26 PM

26

PREFACE

• New You and Your Career emphasizes the role of information and technology in career building Chapter 20: Production and Control • • • • • •

New Highlight: Production Skill and Your Career New Challenge Case on Tesla increasing production while improving quality New end-of-chapter case examines new layout strategy at Cheddar’s restaurant New Experiential Exercise illustrates calculating a break-even point New You and Your Career explores production versus service environments New Building Management Skills Portfolio focuses on material controls in a manufacturing setting

Appendix 1 Managing: History and Current Thinking • New Highlight: Comprehensive Management Skill and Your Career • New Challenge Case focuses on Alan Mulally emphasizing innovation at Ford Motor Company • New Practical Challenge highlight discusses how Bank of America redesigned work areas • New Steps for Success highlights tips for better understanding employees • New Tips for Managing Around the Globe describes crowdfunding at IBM • New end-of-appendix case focuses on managing UPS in an Internet economy

MyLab Management Reach every student by pairing this text with MyLab Management MyLab is the teaching and learning platform that empowers you to reach every student. By combining trusted author content with digital tools and a flexible platform, MyLab personalizes the learning experience and improves results for each student. Learn more about MyLab Management at www.pearson.com/mylab/management. • Deliver trusted content: You deserve teaching materials that meet your own high standards for your course. That’s why we partner with highly respected authors to develop interactive content and course-specific resources that you can trust—and that keep your students engaged. • Empower each learner: Each student learns at a different pace. Personalized learning pinpoints the precise areas where each student needs practice, giving all students the support they need—when and where they need it—to be successful. • The Study Plan gives students personalized recommendations, practice opportunities, and learning aids to help them stay on track. • Teach your course your way: Your course is unique. Whether you’d like to build your own assignments, teach multiple sections, or set prerequisites, MyLab gives you the flexibility to easily create your course to fit your needs. • Choose from a library of Personal Inventory Assessments to promote self-reflection and engagement in students, helping them better understand management concepts. • Improve student results: When you teach with MyLab, student performance improves. That’s why instructors have chosen MyLab for over 15 years, touching the lives of over 50 million students.

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 26

21/09/18 4:26 PM

PREFACE



27

Instructor Teaching Resources This program comes with the following teaching resources: Supplements available to instructors at www.pearsonglobaleditions.com

Features of the Supplement

Instructor’s Resource Manual authored by Julie Boyles from Portland State University

• Chapter-by-chapter summaries • Chapter outlines with teaching notes • Additional individual assignments and group exercises • Case discussion notes • Solutions to all questions and exercises in the book

Test Bank authored by Carol Heeter from Ivy Tech Community College

1,890 multiple-choice, true/false, and essay questions with these annotations: • Learning Objective • AACSB learning standard (Written and Oral Communication; Ethical Understanding and Reasoning; Analytical Thinking; Information Technology; Interpersonal Relations and Teamwork; Diverse and Multicultural Work Environments; Reflective Thinking; Application of Knowledge) • Difficulty level (Easy, Moderate, Challenging) • Classification (Critical Thinking, Concept, Application, Analytical, or Synthesis)

TestGen® Computerized Test Bank

TestGen allows instructors to: • Customize, save, and generate classroom tests • Edit, add, or delete questions from the Test Bank • Analyze test results • Organize a database of tests and student results

PowerPoint Presentation authored by Rusty Juban from Southeastern Louisiana University

Presents basic outlines and key points from each chapter Slides meet accessibility standards for students with disabilities. Features include but are not limited to: • Keyboard and Screen Reader access • Alternative text for images • High color contrast between background and foreground colors

Acknowledgments We are grateful beyond words for the continued acceptance of Modern Management by management instructors in both the United States and other countries. It has also been translated into several foreign languages, such as Portuguese and Spanish, and adopted for use in professional management training programs. Over the years we have received personal satisfaction from the continued and growing popularity of Modern Management. Much of the credit for this popularity rightfully belongs to our colleagues who have supplied many of the key ideas for refinement and development. We would like to extend our warmest personal gratitude to these professionals for their dedication and commitment to making Modern Management what it is today. The colleagues whose ideas contributed to this edition and all editions include: Don Aleksy, Illinois Valley College

Barry Axe, Florida Atlantic University

Michael Alleruzzo, Saint Joseph’s University

Karen Barr, Penn State University

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 27

Dan Baugher, Pace University

21/09/18 4:26 PM

28

PREFACE

Dan S. Benson, Kutztown University of Pennsylvania

Theresa Lant, New York University

Gene Blackmun III, Rio Hondo College

Jon Matthews, Central Carolina Community College

Wayne Blue, Allegany College of Maryland Elise A. Brazier, Northeast Texas Community College Patricia M. Buhler, SPHR, Goldey-Beacom College, Wilmington, Delaware Michael Carrell, Morehead State University Tony Cioffi, Business Division, Lorain County Community College

Michelle Meyer, Joliet Junior College Angela Miles, North Carolina A&T State University Marcia Miller, George Mason University Robert Morris, Florida State College of Jacksonville Jennifer Morton, Ivy Tech Community College

Christy Corey, University of New Orleans

Rhonda Palladi, Georgia State University

Helen Davis, Jefferson Community College–Downtown Louisville

Donald Petkus, Indiana University

E. Gordon DeMeritt, Shepherd University Fred J. Dorn, University of Mississippi

James I. Phillips, Northeastern State University Scott A. Quatro, Covenant College

Lon Doty, San Jose State University

Richard Ratliff, Shari Tarnutzer, and their colleagues, Utah State University

Megan Endres, Eastern Michigan University

Paul Robillard, Bristol Community College

Joyce Ezrow, Anne Arundel Community College

Tim Rogers, Ozarks Technical College

Ronald A. Feinberg, Business, Accounting & Paralegal Studies, Suffolk Community College

Gisela Salas, Webster University, Barry University, St. Leo University, University of the Rockies

William Brent Felstead, College of the Desert Robert Freeland, Columbia Southern University Theresa Freihoefer, Central Oregon Community College Dwight D. Frink, University of Mississippi Omid E. Furutan, University of La Verne George Gannage, West Central Technical College Wayne Gawlik, Joliet Junior College Ashley Geisewite, Southwest Tennessee Community College

James Salvucci, Business Management, Curry College, Milton, Massachusetts Duanne Schecter, Muskegon Community College Johnny Shull, Central Carolina Community College Denise M. Simmons, Northern Virginia Community College Joe Simon, Casper College Randi L. Sims, Nova Southern University

Adelina Gnanlet, California State University

Gregory Sinclair, San Francisco State University

Joseph Goldman, University of Minnesota

L. Allen Slade, Covenant College

Scott D. Graffin, Terry College of Business, University of Georgia

Anthony W. Slone, Elizabethtown Community & Technical College

Reginald Hall, Tarleton State University

M. Smas, Kent State University

Jamey R. Halleck, Marshall University

Miles Smayling, Minnesota State University, Mankato

Robert W. Halliman, Austin Peay State University LeaAnna Harrah, Marion Technical College Heidi Helgren, Delta College Jo Ann Hunter, Community College of Allegheny County Steven E. Huntley, Florida Community College at Jacksonville

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 28

Maurice Manner, Marymount College

Casey R. Smith, Shawnee State University Charles I. Stubbart, Southern Illinois University Carbondale Dr. Peter Szende, Boston University Tom Tao, Lehigh University Paul Thacker, Macomb Community College

Robert E. Kemper, Northern Arizona University

Don Tobias, Cornell University

Toni Carol Kind, Binghamton University

Larry Waldorf, Boise State University

Dennis L. Kovach, Community College of Allegheny County

Gloria Walker, Florida Community College at Jacksonville

Loren Kuzuhara, University of Wisconsin

Cindy W. Walter, Antelope Valley College

Gosia Langa, University of Maryland

Bob Waris, University of Missouri Kansas City

21/09/18 4:26 PM

PREFACE



29

We would also like to give special recognition to Steven Stovall, Associate Professor of Management at Wilmington College and holder of the Ralph J. Stolle Chair of Entrepreneurship. Professor Stovall made significant contributions to this edition of Modern Management by ensuring that published content was pragmatic and timely, and represented real-world management challenges. We are extremely grateful for Professor Stovall’s impact on this new edition. In addition, we would like to thank Carol Heeter, Julie Boyles, and Rusty Juban for updating all of the supplements to the highest quality. They worked tirelessly to provide instructional aids, and we thank them for their time and efforts. We would also like to acknowledge Kim Norbuta and the MyLab team—Nancy Lamm, Gordon Schmidt, Pam DeLotell, Amit Shah, Steven Stovall, Jennifer Lynn, Maureen Steddin, Susan Gall, and Emilia Westney—who did a terrific job of bringing the textbook’s content to life with practical and relevant MyLab online exercises. Lee A. Graf, Professor Emeritus, Illinois State University, continues to deserve special recognition for his contributions to Modern Management over the years. During the early years of this project, Dr. Graf made countless significant contributions that still have an impact on the character and nature of this present edition. Lee is a respected colleague, but more important, a close personal friend. Members of our Pearson family also deserve personal and sincere recognition. Our book team has been nothing but the best: Stephanie Wall, Director of Portfolio Management; Kris Ellis-Levy, Senior Portfolio Manager; Nancy Lamm, Development Editor; Claudia Fernandes, Content Producer; Hannah Lamarre, Editorial Assistant; Becky Brown, Senior Product Marketer; Nicole Price, Field Marketing Manager; Angela Urquhart and Andrea Archer, Project Managers; and the Media and Sales Teams. Needless to say, without our Pearson colleagues, there would be no Modern Management. Sam Certo would like to give special thanks to his colleagues at the Roy E. Crummer Graduate School of Business, Rollins College. Their interest and encouragement over the years have undeniably contributed to generating the personal commitment and dedication to professionalism necessary to complete and maintain projects like Modern Management. Thank you. From a more personal viewpoint, Sam Certo would like to acknowledge his family. My family has always been there to encourage me in handling the difficult challenges that inevitably arise in publishing and maintaining a text of this magnitude. Thanks to my wife, Mimi, for always allowing me to lean on her during difficult times. She is my special source of strength and my moral compass. My children and grandchildren have no idea that the care and interest they show in “pop” is so inspirational. Working over the years with my son, Trevis, on this project has been a special blessing. I like to think of Modern Management as a vehicle that helps to build and strengthen our father-son bond. I take great satisfaction in seeing the caring person that he has become and our professional relationship that fosters and builds upon our father-son relationship. Emphatically, I acknowledge God’s gifts that influence my life and enable me to pursue projects like Modern Management. Trevis Certo would like to thank his colleagues at Arizona State University for their continued support. He would also like to thank Melissa, Skylar, Lexie, and Landon for humbling him every day. Samuel C. Certo S. Trevis Certo

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 29

21/09/18 4:26 PM

30

PREFACE

Global Edition Acknowledgments Pearson would like to thank the following people for their work on the Global Edition:

Contributors Diane Sutherland Jon Sutherland

Reviewers Lindos Daou, Holy Spirit University of Kaslik Khaled Haque Vimala Venugopal, Taylor’s University, Malaysia

A01_CERT5193_15_GE_FM.indd 30

24/09/18 2:49 PM

Introducing Modern Management: Concepts and Skills

1

TA R G E T S K I L L Management Skill: the ability to work with people and other organizational resources to accomplish organizational goals

M A N AG E M E N T S K I L L A N D YO U R C A R E E R Management skill will be of great value to you in enhancing your career. For example, this skill can help you to focus systematically on engaging organizational resources to meet profit goals. Profit making will contribute to organizational success, build your image as a competent manager, make you valuable to your organization, and support promotions as you build your career.

OBJECTIVES To help build my management skill, when studying this chapter, I will attempt to acquire: 1-1 An understanding of a manager’s task 1-2 Knowledge about the management process and organizational resources

1-3 An understanding of management skill as the key to management success 1-4 Insights concerning what management careers are and how they evolve

MyLab Management Chapter Warm Up If your instructor has assigned this activity, go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the chapter warm up.

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 31

31

14/09/18 2:35 PM

CHALLENGE CASE Coke’s New CEO Battles a Changing Market his chapter focuses on a number of introductory management topics, but one key concept is that of management employability skills (communication, critical thinking, creativity, collaboration, knowledge application, and ethics and social responsibility). The new CEO of Coca-Cola is a great example of all six of these management employability skills. Coca-Cola is a brand that has been around for over 130 years. The iconic logo script, contoured shape of the bottle, and bubbly taste have made Coke one of the most recognizable brands in the world. The beverage giant has enjoyed a worldwide popularity envied by most consumer companies. However, the last 10 years have been tough on Coke and on the carbonated beverage industry in general. Bottled water has supplanted soda as the most commonly purchased drink in the United States, and cities have begun taxing carbonated beverages heavily in hopes of raising funds and curbing obesity and diabetes. In this current turbulent climate, James Quincey took the reins as CEO of the soda giant in 2017. Beginning his career with Coke in 1996, he oversaw operations in Latin America and Europe and worked his way up to chief operating officer, learning along the way the employability skill of knowledge application. Each position he filled in his career with the company taught him something new that he could utilize in subsequent positions. The former CEO, Muhtar Kent, had held the position for 8 years and groomed Quincey to take over the helm upon his departure. Quincey has a number of challenges ahead of him requiring critical thinking skills. Currently the firm’s soda sales account for 70 percent of global revenue.1 And though that number is impressive, it is also a daunting figure because sales of carbonated beverages are steeply declining. In addition, the company is downsizing its number of employees as it tries to enter new beverage markets. These are major trials for the 52-year-old Quincey. The critical thinking skills needed to tackle these issues showcase Quincey’s ability to use purposeful, goal-directed thinking to define and solve these problems. “We are moving quickly to structure our organization for faster growth and to ensure we can respond to the fastchanging needs of our consumers,” Quincey said.2 The restructuring has meant cutting 1,200 jobs at the corporate office on top of the nearly 100,000 jobs lost as Coke has

Pascal Le Segretain/Getty Images

T

James Quincey, new CEO of The Coca-Cola Company, will need his broad-based knowledge to face current competitive challenges.

sold off bottling operations since 2012. This is important as the company refocuses its efforts on products such as sports drinks, tea, plant-based beverages, bottled water, and flavored water—a major departure from the tried-andtrue carbonated namesake of the firm. Quincey understands that if Coke is to continue to compete with Pepsi and Dr. Pepper Snapple, he has to create new revenue streams while significantly cutting costs. This means making tough decisions about reducing staff and taking risks with the introduction of new products. As consumers seek out healthier options, the beverages of 20 years ago are no longer the top sellers. People want less sugar and fewer calories, and they want to feel good about what they are consuming. This embodies the employability skill of ethics and social responsibility. Coke’s voluntary decision to manufacture a beverage that helps contribute to the reduction of diabetes and the number of obese consumers demonstrates the company’s commitment to implementing strong ethical and socially responsible choices. It will be crucial for Quincey to communicate with his team about this trend. This is a critical management employability skill that is highly desirable by organizations, and Quincey’s ability to convey the information effectively to his associates will be critical for Coke’s success. Coke, under Quincey, is entering a new era where deliberate management initiatives will maintain the strong market position the company has enjoyed. However, changes to a company built on a single carbonated beverage product

32

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 32

14/09/18 2:35 PM

CHAPTER 1   Introducing Modern Management: Concepts and Skills 



33

are a necessity. In addition, Quincey is effectively demonstrating the six management employability skills that are discussed in this chapter. According to Quincey, “The brand Coca-Cola will always be the heart and soul of The Coca-Cola Company, but the company has outgrown its core brand. The company needs to be bigger than our core brand. We’ve been very clear that for us to drive sustainable, profitable growth of our brands, we also need to encourage and enable our consumers to control added sugar consumption.”3

THE MODERN MANAGEMENT CHALLENGE The Challenge Case illustrates a few of the ways that James Quincey will need his personal management skills at Coke. After studying chapter concepts, read the Challenge Case Summary at the end of the chapter to help you to relate chapter content to developing management skills to inspire innovation.

A Manager’s Task Managers influence all phases of modern organizations. Plant managers run manufacturing operations that produce the clothes we wear, the food we eat, and the automobiles we drive. Sales managers maintain a sales force that markets goods. Personnel managers provide organizations with a competent and productive workforce. The “jobs available” section in the classified advertisements of any major newspaper describes many different types of management activities and confirms the importance of management. Managers are also important because they serve a very special purpose in our lives. They are the catalysts for new and exciting products of all kinds that keep our economy and standard of living moving forward. One such new product of today is the Transportable Exam Station (TES), which brings the doctor to you. Other such products include Apple’s new head-mounted iPhone, Microsoft’s new tablet called Surface, and Chevrolet’s new electric car called Volt. In addition to understanding the significance to managers and society of managerial work and its related benefits, prospective managers need to know what the management task entails. The sections that follow introduce the basics of the management task through discussions of the roles and definitions of management, the management process as it pertains to management functions and organizational goal attainment, and the need to manage organizational resources effectively and efficiently. Our society could neither exist as we know it today nor improve without a steady stream of managers to guide its organizations. Peter Drucker emphasized this point when he stated that effective management is probably the main resource of developed countries and the most needed resource of developing ones.4 In short, all societies desperately need good managers. Management is important to society as a whole as well as vital to many individuals who earn their livings as managers. Government statistics show that management positions have increased from approximately 10 to 18 percent of all jobs since 1950. Managers come from varying backgrounds and have diverse educational specialties. Many people who originally train to be accountants, teachers, financiers, or even writers eventually make their livelihoods as managers. Although in the short term, the demand for managers varies somewhat, in the long term, managerial positions can yield high salaries, status, interesting work, personal growth, and feelings of accomplishment. The Associated Press has recently ranked total compensation paid to top managers in the United States. Based on the 2016 ranking, Table 1.1 shows the names of the 10 most highly paid chief executives, the company they worked for, and how much they earned. An inspection of the list of highest-paid executives in Table 1.1 reveals that the overwhelming majority of the top-paid executives are men. Based on the results of a recent survey at the Wall Street Journal, Figure 1.1 illustrates a broad salary gap between men and women. Whereas women and men make up roughly the same proportion of the workforce, men hold a disproportionate number of higher-paying jobs according to the figure. In addition, a notable study by the American Association of University Women indicated that the discrepancy between the pay of men versus the pay of women is a national phenomenon

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 33

1-1 An understanding of a manager’s task

14/09/18 2:35 PM

34

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

TABLE 1.1 

The 10 Highest-Compensated CEOs, 2016

Ranking

CEO Name

Company Name

Paid ($ millions)

1

Dara Khosrowshahi

Expedia

94.6

2

Leslie Moonves

CBS

56.4

3

Philippe Dauman

Viacom

54.1

4

Leonard Schleifer

Regeneron Pharmaceuticals

47.5

5

Robert Iger

Walt Disney

43.5

6

Sandeep Mathrani

General Growth Properties

39.2

7

Brian Roberts

Comcast

36.2

8

Marissa Mayer

Yahoo

36

9

David Cote

Honeywell International

33.8

10

Marc Benioff

Salesforce.com

33.4

Source: “Top 10 Highest-Paid CEOs,” The Associated Press, May 25, 2016.

and is not isolated to a particular state or region.5 As a general trend, however, the gap has narrowed since the 1970s due largely to women’s progress in education and workforce participation and to men’s wages rising at a slower rate.6 Concerns that certain managers are paid too much have been raised. For example, consider the notable criticism in recent years regarding the high salary paid to Robert R. Nardelli, former CEO of Home Depot.7 Disapproval of the excessive compensation paid to Nardelli surfaced in the popular press as well as in statements by stockholders. An article in the Wall Street Journal, for example, questioned whether Nardelli was worth the amount he received.8 Nardelli had been paid $63.5 million during a five-year period at Home Depot, while company shares lost 6 percent of their value. In the end, as with any manager, Nardelli’s compensation should have been determined by how much value he added to the company. The more value he added, the more compensation he deserved. As a result of the growing criticism about Nardelli’s compensation and Nardelli’s resistance to modify his compensation level, he was fired. Some evidence suggests that societal concern about management compensation goes well beyond one manager at one company.9 A recent Senate Commerce Committee meeting, for example, focused on trying to justify lavish pay programs for managers at companies such as Tyco International and American Airlines when the companies were in financial trouble and laying off employees. Senators seemed unified in questioning the logic that justifies the average CEO salary being more than 400 times higher than a production worker’s wages. This Senate Commerce Committee meeting should be an important signal that managers who do not exercise judicious self-control about their salaries may face future legislative control.

Figure 1.1 The salary gap between genders

60% 50% 40%

47%

Men 53%

30% 20%

6%

0% % of the workforce

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 34

Men 20 %

Men 16%

10%

% earning $75,000 or more

12 %

% earning $50,000– $75,000

14/09/18 2:35 PM

CHAPTER 1   Introducing Modern Management: Concepts and Skills 



35

Essentially, the role of managers is to guide organizations toward goal accomplishment. All organizations exist for certain purposes or goals, and managers are responsible for combining and using organizational resources to ensure that their organizations achieve their purposes. Management moves an organization toward its purposes or goals by assigning activities for organization members to perform. If the activities are designed effectively, the production of each individual worker will contribute to the attainment of organizational goals. Management strives to encourage individual activity that will lead to reaching organizational goals and to discourage individual activity that will hinder the accomplishment of those goals. Because the process of management emphasizes the achievement of goals, managers must keep organizational goals in mind at all times.10

ESB Professional/Shutterstock

The Role of Management

Defining Management Students of management should be aware that the term management can be (and often is) used in different ways. For instance, it can refer simply to the process that managers follow in order to accomplish organizational goals. It can also refer to a body of knowledge; in this context, management is a cumulative body of information that furnishes insights on how to manage. The term management can also refer to the individuals who guide and direct organizations or to a career devoted to the task of guiding and directing organizations. An understanding of the various uses and related definitions of the term will help you avoid miscommunication during management-related discussions. As used most commonly in this text, management is the process of reaching organizational goals by working with and through people and other organizational resources. A comparison of this definition with the definitions offered by several contemporary management thinkers indicates broad agreement that management encompasses the following three main characteristics:

This manager works with people and other resources to achieve the organization’s goals.

1. It is a process or series of continuing and related activities. 2. It involves and concentrates on reaching organizational goals. 3. It reaches these goals by working with and through people and other organizational resources. A discussion of each of these characteristics follows.

The Management Process: Management Functions The four basic management functions—activities that make up the management process— are described in the following sections.

Planning  Planning involves choosing tasks that must be performed to attain organiza-

tional goals, outlining how the tasks must be performed, and indicating when they should be performed. Planning activity focuses on attaining goals. Through their plans, managers outline exactly what organizations must do to be successful. Planning is essential to getting the “right” things done.11 Planning is concerned with organizational success in the near future (short term) as well as in the more distant future (long term).12

Organizing  Organizing can be thought of as assigning the tasks developed under the planning function to various individuals or groups within the organization. Thus, organizing creates a mechanism to put plans into action. People within the organization are given work assignments that contribute to the company’s goals. Tasks are organized so that the output of individuals contributes to the success of departments, which in turn contributes to the success of divisions, which ultimately contributes to the success of the organization. Organizing includes determining tasks and groupings of work.13 Organizing should not be rigid; it should be adaptable and flexible to meet challenges as circumstances change.14

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 35

14/09/18 2:35 PM

36

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

Figure 1.2 Classic mistakes commonly made by managers in carrying out various management functions

Planning Not establishing objectives for all important organizational areas Making plans that are too risky Not exploring enough viable alternatives for reaching objectives Organizing Not establishing departments appropriately Not emphasizing coordination of organization members Establishing inappropriate spans of management Influencing Not taking the time to communicate properly with organization members Establishing improper communication networks Being a manager but not a leader C o n t rolling Not monitoring progress in carrying out plans Not establishing appropriate performance standards Not measuring performance to see where improvements might be made

Influencing  Influencing is another of the basic functions within the management process. This function—also commonly referred to as motivating, leading, directing, or actuating—is concerned primarily with the people within organizations.15 Influencing can be defined as guiding the activities of organization members in appropriate directions. An appropriate direction is any direction that helps the organization move toward goal attainment. The ultimate purpose of influencing is to increase productivity. Human-oriented work situations usually generate higher levels of production over the long term than do task-oriented work situations because people find the latter type less satisfying. Controlling  Controlling is the management function through which managers: 1. Gather information that measures recent performance within the organization. 2. Compare present performance to preestablished performance standards. 3. From this comparison, determine whether the organization should be modified to meet preestablished standards. Controlling is an ongoing process. Managers continually gather information, make their comparisons, and then try to find new ways of improving production through organizational modification. History shows that managers commonly make mistakes when planning, organizing, influencing, and controlling. Figure 1.2 shows a number of such mistakes managers make related to each function. Studying this text carefully should help managers avoid making such mistakes.

Management Process and Organizational Resources 1-2 Knowledge about the management process and organizational resources

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 36

Although we have discussed the four functions of management individually, planning, organizing, influencing, and controlling are integrally related and therefore cannot be separated in practice. Figure 1.3 illustrates this interrelationship and also indicates that managers use these activities solely for reaching organizational goals. Basically, these functions are interrelated because the performance of one depends on the performance of the others. For example, organizing is based on well-thought-out plans developed during the planning process, and influencing systems must be tailored to reflect both these plans and the organizational design used to implement them. The fourth function, controlling, involves possible modifications to existing plans, organizational structure, or the motivation system used to develop a more successful effort. To be effective, a manager must understand how the four management functions are practiced, not simply how they are defined and related. Thomas J. Peters and Robert H. Waterman, Jr., studied

14/09/18 2:35 PM

CHAPTER 1   Introducing Modern Management: Concepts and Skills 



37

Figure 1.3

Organizational Goals

Relationships among the four functions of management used to attain organizational goals

Planning Influencing

Controlling Organizing

numerous organizations—including Frito-Lay and Maytag—for several years to determine what management characteristics best describe excellently run companies. In their book In Search of Excellence, Peters and Waterman suggest that planning, organizing, influencing, and controlling should be characterized by a bias for action; a closeness to the customer; autonomy and entrepreneurship; productivity through people; a hands-on, value-driven orientation; “sticking to the knitting”; a simple organizational form with a lean staff; and simultaneous loose–tight properties. This brief introduction to the four management functions will be developed further in Parts 3 through 6 of this text.

Management and Organizational Resources Management must always be aware of the status and use of organizational resources. These resources, composed of all assets available for activation during the production process, are of four basic types: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Human Monetary Raw materials Capital

As Figure 1.4 shows, organizational resources are combined, used, and transformed into finished products during the production process. Human resources are the people who work for an organization. The skills they possess and their knowledge of the work system are invaluable to managers. Monetary resources are the

P R A C T I C A L C H A L L E N G E : AT TA I N I N G G O A L S

Lawrence Jones Motivates Employees at UKFast

T

o understand how some managers influence goal attainment, consider UKFast’s CEO and founder Lawrence Jones. UKFast a business-to-business hosting company, was founded in 1999, and since then Jones has used his creative leadership and passion to inspire others and attain the organization’s goals—to create a global presence and build on its estimated worth of $315 million. He feels that motivation is one of the biggest assets a business can use to increase productivity and compete globally. Jones likes a hands-on approach. He takes an active role in guiding his senior management and focuses on ensuring that UKFast and its customers

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 37

grow side-by-side. Managers are trained to keep employees geared for more by looking at three factors—competition, environment, and development. Jones encourages his employees to look to competition as a driver and a goal-setter. According to reports,16 Jones has instilled a healthy appetite for competition in an informal way by initiating annual internal competitions among the company’s technical engineers and by announcing the top 10 customer services delivered every week. The winners are treated to a big reward. While goals are attained, Jones feels the best part is that most of the employees enjoy the challenge itself.

25/09/18 3:33 PM

38

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

Figure 1.4 Transformation of organizational resources into finished products through the production process

Organizational Resources People Money Raw materials Capital resources

Inputs

Production Process

Outputs

Finished Products Goods Services

amounts of money that managers use to purchase goods and services for the organization. Raw materials are the ingredients used directly in the manufacturing of products. For example, rubber is a raw material that Goodyear would purchase with its monetary resources and use directly in manufacturing tires. Capital resources are the machines used during the manufacturing process. Modern machines, or equipment, can be a major factor in maintaining desired production levels. Worn-out or antiquated machinery can make it impossible for an organization to keep pace with competitors.

Managerial Effectiveness  As managers use their resources, they must strive to be

both effective and efficient. Managerial effectiveness refers to management’s use of organizational resources in meeting organizational goals. If organizations are using their resources to attain their goals, the managers are declared effective. In reality, however, managerial effectiveness can be measured by degrees. The closer an organization comes to achieving its goals, the more effective its managers are considered. Thus, managerial effectiveness exists on a continuum ranging from ineffective to effective.

Managerial Efficiency  Managerial efficiency is the proportion of total organizational resources that contribute to productivity during the manufacturing process.17 The higher this proportion, the more efficient is the manager. The more resources wasted or unused during the production process, the more inefficient is the manager. In this situation, organizational resources refer not only to raw materials that are used in manufacturing goods or services but also to related human effort.18 Like management effectiveness, management efficiency is best described as being on a continuum ranging from inefficient to efficient. Inefficient means that a small proportion of total resources contributes to productivity during the manufacturing process; efficient means that a large proportion of resources contributes to productivity. As Figure 1.5 shows, the concepts of managerial effectiveness and efficiency are obviously related. A manager could be relatively ineffective—with the consequence that the organization is making little progress toward goal attainment—primarily because of major inefficiencies or poor utilization of resources during the production process. In contrast, a manager could be Figure 1.5

RESOURCE USE

Various combinations of managerial effectiveness and managerial efficiency

Efficient (most resources contribute to production)

Not reaching goals and not wasting resources

Reaching goals and not wasting resources

Inefficient (few resources contribute to production)

Not reaching goals and wasting resources

Reaching goals and wasting resources

Ineffective Effective (little progress toward (substantial progress organizational goals) toward organizational goals) GOAL ACCOMPLISHMENT

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 38

14/09/18 2:36 PM

CHAPTER 1   Introducing Modern Management: Concepts and Skills 



39

somewhat effective despite being inefficient if demand for the finished goods is so high that the manager can get an extremely high price per unit sold and thus absorb inefficiency costs. Thus, a manager can be effective without being efficient, and vice versa. To maximize organizational success, however, both effectiveness and efficiency are essential.

MyLab Management Watch It If your instructor has assigned this activity, go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the video exercise.

As an example of achieving efficiency and effectiveness, consider Telstra Corporation, Australia’s largest telecommunication company. Like its counterparts the world over, Telstra faces the challenges of a changing industry in which mobile phones are fast becoming more popular than the landline business on which Telstra built its fortunes. To survive, Telstra is scrambling to create a nimble management team and prune the bureaucracy that slows down decision making and internal operations. In a recent reorganization of his executive team, Telstra CEO David Thodey created four groups—customer sales and support, product and marketing innovation, operations, and corporate support—all focused on effectiveness: getting more competitive while also attracting and retaining customers.19

The Universality of Management Management principles are universal: That is, they apply to all types of organizations (businesses, churches, sororities, athletic teams, hospitals, etc.) and organizational levels.20 Naturally, managers’ jobs vary somewhat from one type of organization to another because each organizational type requires the use of specialized knowledge, exists in unique working and political environments, and uses different technology. However, job similarities are found across organizations because the basic management activities—planning, organizing, influencing, and controlling—are common to all organizations.

The Theory of Characteristics  Henri Fayol, one of the earliest management writers, stated that all managers should possess certain characteristics, such as positive physical and mental qualities and special knowledge related to the specific operation.21 B. C. Forbes emphasized the importance of certain, more personal qualities, inferring that enthusiasm, earnestness of purpose, confidence, and faith in their own worthiness are primary characteristics of successful managers. Forbes described Henry Ford as follows: A Forbes article described the characteristics of a successful business leader by describing Henry Ford. According to the article, every successful business starts with an individual like Ford who is enthusiastic, believes in the organization’s purpose, is self-confident, and believes in the high value of what the organization aims to accomplish. Like any business leader, Henry Ford certainly faced many difficulties and high challenges in building the Ford Motor Company. It can be argued that only Henry Ford’s enthusiastic and continued support of his company saved both him and his company from certain failure.22 Fayol and Forbes can describe desirable characteristics of successful managers only because of the universality concept: The basic ingredients of successful management are applicable to all organizations.

Management Skill: The Key to Management Success Thus far, the introduction to the study of management has focused on discussing concepts such as the importance of management, the task of management, and the universality of management. This section continues the introduction to management by defining management skill and presenting both classic and more contemporary views of management skills thought to ensure management success.

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 39

1-3 An understanding of management skill as the key to management success

14/09/18 2:36 PM

40

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

Defining Management Skill No introduction to the field of management would be complete without a discussion of management skill. Management skill is the ability to carry out the process of reaching organizational goals by working with and through people and other organizational resources. Learning about management skill and focusing on developing it are of critical importance because possessing such skill is generally considered the prerequisite for management success.23 Because management skills are so critical to the success of an organization, companies commonly focus on possible steps that can be taken to improve the skills of their managers.

Management Skill: A Classic View Robert L. Katz has written perhaps the most widely accepted early article about management skill.24 Katz states that managers’ ability to perform is a result of their managerial skills. A manager with the necessary management skills will probably perform well and be relatively successful. One without the necessary skills will probably perform poorly and be relatively unsuccessful. As an example illustrating how companies need to develop their managers’ skills, consider the importance of preparing managers for working with people of other cultures. An increasingly global business world requires that managers who travel be aware of and grasp cultural differences in their dealings with coworkers, clients, and the public. Professionals at New York– based Dean Foster Associates, an intercultural consulting firm, provide cross-cultural training that helps businesspeople prepare for work overseas. For example, for a client heading to Japan, Foster conducted a five-hour session that included a traditional Japanese meal; coaching on Japanese dining etiquette; and information on business customs, socializing, and developing the proper mind-set for working outside one’s native country.25 Katz indicates that three types of skills are important for successful management performance: technical, human, and conceptual skills. • Technical skills involve the ability to apply specialized knowledge and expertise to work-related techniques and procedures. Examples of these skills are engineering, computer programming, and accounting. Technical skills are mostly related to working with “things”—processes or physical objects. • Human skills build cooperation within the team being led. They involve working with attitudes and communication, individual and group interests—in short, working with people. • Conceptual skills involve the ability to see the organization as a whole. A manager with conceptual skills is able to understand how various functions of the organization complement one another, how the organization relates to its environment, and how changes in one part of the organization affect the rest of the organization. As one moves from lower-level management to upper-level management, conceptual skills become more important and technical skills less important (see Figure 1.6). The supportive rationale is that as managers advance in an organization, they become less involved with the actual production activity or technical areas, and more involved with guiding the organization as a whole. Human skills, however, are extremely important to managers at top, middle, and lower (or supervisory) levels.26 The common denominator of all management levels, after all, is people.

Figure 1.6 As a manager moves from the supervisory to the topmanagement level, conceptual skills become more important than technical skills, but human skills remain equally important

MANAGEMENT LEVELS Top management Middle management Supervisory or operational management

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 40

SKILLS NEEDED Conceptual skills Human skills Technical skills

14/09/18 2:36 PM

CHAPTER 1   Introducing Modern Management: Concepts and Skills 



41

STEPS FOR SUCCESS

Developing Human Skills

A

t SAS America, Thomas Lynch’s management career had stalled. Lynch, who specializes in sales support, had an excellent record of helping customers solve problems, but he was not getting key assignments or promotions. He brought the issue to his superiors, who pointed to his human skills: Although he was a great problem solver and well liked, he came across as lacking ambition. With coaching and practice, Lynch learned to pick opportunities to offer his expertise. As Lynch discovered, many human skills are important. For example, employers say they are

looking for the ability to set priorities, a positive attitude, and the ability to function well as part of a team. Here are some ways to build human skills:27

• Ask colleagues what you do well and what behaviors they would like to see improve.

• Learn to control your emotions. Notice what triggers a reaction, and practice ways to be calm in those situations. • Get expert advice—seek help from a career coach, leadership programs at work, and books on emotional intelligence.

Management Skill: A Contemporary View More current thought regarding management skills is essentially an expansion of the classic view of what skills managers need to be successful. This expansion is achieved logically through two steps: 1. Defining the major activities that managers typically perform 2. Listing the skills needed to carry out these activities successfully The major activities that modern managers typically perform are of three basic types.28

Reflecting on management employability skills helps to us gain insight about what skills managers need to carry out these management activities. Management employability skills refer to a person’s ability to gain and maintain a career as a manager.29 These skills and their definitions are listed in Figure 1.7.30 This figure pinpoints six such skills, ranging from knowledge application to social responsibility. Keep in mind that Figure 1.7 is not intended as a list of all skills managers need to be successful but as an important list containing many of the necessary skills. One might argue, for example, that skills such as building efficient operations or increasing cooperation among organization members are critical management skills and should have prominence in Figure 1.7.

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 41

Managers are involved in daily activities that include planning, organizing, influencing, and controlling company resources in order to achieve organizational goals.

Jim West/Alamy Stock Photo

1. Task-related activities are management efforts aimed at carrying out critical managementrelated duties in organizations. Such activities include short-term planning, clarifying objectives of jobs in the organization, and monitoring operations and performance. 2. People-related activities are management efforts aimed at managing people in organizations. Such activities include providing support and encouragement to others, providing recognition for achievements and contributions, developing the skills and confidence of organization members, consulting when making decisions, and empowering others to solve problems. 3. Change-related activities are management efforts aimed at modifying organizational components. Such activities include monitoring the organization’s external environment, proposing new strategies and visions, encouraging innovative thinking, and taking risks to promote needed change.

14/09/18 2:36 PM

42

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

Figure 1.7 Skills managers need to perform their tasks

Communication Effectively sharing meaning with others. Critical Thinking Assessing situations to identify and solve problems. Creativity Generating new ideas that contribute to organizational success. Collaboration Understanding and working within the dynamics of a group. Personal Ethics Dealing with people, problems, and situations with honesty and integrity. Adaptability Working independently or as part of a team. Socially Responsible Contributing to the welfare of the community.

Management Skill: A Focus of This Book The preceding sections discussed both classic and contemporary views of management skills in modern organizations. A number of critical management skills were presented and related to top, middle, and supervisory management positions. One common criticism of such management skill discussions is that, although understanding such rationales about skills is important, skill categories—such as technical skill, human skill, and conceptual skill—are often too broad to be practical. Many management scholars believe that these broad skill categories should contain several, more narrowly focused skills that represent the more practical and essential abilities for successfully practicing management.31 These more narrowly focused skills should not be seen as valuable in themselves but as “specialized tools” that help managers meet important challenges and successfully carry out the management functions of planning, organizing, influencing, and controlling. Table 1.2 summarizes the management functions and challenges covered in this text and the corresponding management skills that help address them. You will find as you study this text—by reading and performing its learning activities—that its focus on skill development is quite thorough and systematic, and focuses on helping you to develop a broad array of valuable management skills. Because management skill is generally a prerequisite for management success, aspiring managers should strive to develop such skill. When doing so, however, managers should keep in mind that the value of individual management skills tends to vary from manager to manager, depending on the specific organizational situations faced. For example, managers facing serious manufacturing challenges might find that the ability to encourage innovative thinking aimed at meeting these challenges is their most important skill. On the other hand, managers facing a disinterested workforce might find that the ability to recognize and reward positive performance is their most valuable skill. Overall, managers should spend time defining the most formidable tasks that they face and sharpening the skills that will help them to carry out these tasks successfully.

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 42

31/10/18 10:36 am

CHAPTER 1   Introducing Modern Management: Concepts and Skills 



TABLE 1.2 

43

Management Functions and Challenges Covered in This Text and Corresponding Management Skills Emphasized to Help Address Them

Introduction to Modern Management Chapter 1—Management Skill: The ability to work with people and other organizational resources to accomplish organizational goals. Chapter 2—Entrepreneurship Skill: Involves the identification, evaluation, and exploitation of opportunities. Modern Management Challenges Chapter 3—Social Responsibility Skill: T   he ability to take action that protects and improves both the welfare of society and the interests of the organization. Chapter 4—Diversity Skill: T   he ability to establish and maintain an organizational workforce that represents a combination of assorted human characteristics appropriate for achieving organizational success. Chapter 5—Global Management Skill: T   he ability to manage global factors as components of organizational operations. Chapter 6 —Creativity and Innovation Skill: T   he ability to generate original ideas or new perspectives on existing ideas and to take steps to implement these new ideas. Planning Chapter 7—Planning Skill: T   he ability to take action to determine the objectives of the organization as well as what is necessary to accomplish these objectives. Chapter 8—Decision-Making Skill: T   he ability to choose alternatives that increase the likelihood of accomplishing objectives. Chapter 9—Strategic Planning Skill: T   he ability to engage in long-range planning that focuses on the organization as a whole. Organizing Chapter 10—Organizing Skill: T   he ability to establish orderly uses for resources within the management system. Chapter 11—Responsibility and Delegation Skill: T   he ability to understand one’s obligation to perform assigned activities and to enlist the help of others to complete those activities. Chapter 12—Human Resources Management Skill: T   he ability to take actions that increase the contributions of individuals within the organization. Chapter 13—Organizational Change Skill: T   he ability to modify an organization in order to enhance its contribution to reaching company goals. Influencing Chapter 14—Communication Skill: T   he ability to share information with other individuals. Chapter 15—Leadership Skill: T   he ability to direct the behavior of others toward the accomplishment of objectives. Chapter 16—Motivation Skill: T   he ability to create organizational situations in which individuals performing organizational activities are simultaneously satisfying personal needs and helping the organization attain its goals. Chapter 17—Team Skill: T   he ability to manage a collection of people so that they influence one another toward the accomplishment of an organizational objective or objectives. Chapter 18—Organization Culture Skill: T   he ability to establish a set of shared values among organization members regarding the functioning and existence of their organization to enhance the probability of organizational success. Controlling Chapter 19—Controlling Skill: T   he ability to use information and technology to ensure that an event occurs as it was planned to occur. Chapter 20—Production Skill: T   he ability to transform organizational resources into products. Appendix 1—Comprehensive Management Skill: T   he ability to collectively apply concepts from various major management approaches to perform a manager’s job.

Management Careers Thus far, this chapter has focused on outlining the importance of management to society, presenting a definition of management and the management process, and explaining the universality of management. Individuals commonly study such topics because they are interested in pursuing a management career. This section presents information that will help you preview your own management career. It also describes some of the issues you may face in attempting to manage the careers of others within an organization. The specific focus is on career definition, career and life stages and performance, and career promotion.

1-4 Insights concerning what management careers are and how they evolve

A Definition of Career A career is a sequence of work-related positions occupied by a person over the course of a lifetime.32 As the definition implies, a career is cumulative in nature: As people accumulate successful experiences in one position, they generally develop abilities and attitudes that qualify

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 43

14/09/18 2:36 PM

44

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

them to hold more advanced positions. In general, management positions at one level tend to be stepping-stones to management positions at the next-higher level. In building a career, an individual should be focused on developing the skills necessary to qualify for the next planned job and not simply taking a job with the highest salary.33

Career Stages, Life Stages, and Performance Careers are generally viewed as evolving through a series of stages.34 These evolutionary stages—exploration, establishment, maintenance, and decline—are shown in Figure 1.8, which highlights the performance levels and age ranges commonly associated with each stage. Note that the levels and ranges in the figure indicate what has been more traditional at each stage, not what is inevitable. According to the Census Bureau, the proportion of men in the U.S. population age 65 and older who participated in the labor force in 2008 reached 17.8 percent. This participation rate was the highest since 1985. The proportion of women in this age group was 9.1 percent, the highest since 1975.35 As more workers beyond age 65 exist in the workforce, more careers will be maintained beyond the traditional benchmark of age 65, as depicted in Figure 1.8.

Exploration Stage  The first stage in career evolution is the exploration stage, which

occurs at the beginning of a career and is characterized by self-analysis and the exploration of different types of available jobs. Individuals at this stage are generally about 15 to 25 years old and are involved in some type of formal training, such as college or vocational education. They often pursue part-time employment to gain a richer understanding of what a career in a particular organization or industry might be like. Typical jobs held during this stage include cooking at Burger King, stocking at a Federated Department Store, and working as an office assistant at a Nationwide Insurance office.

Establishment Stage  The second stage in career evolution is the establishment

stage, during which individuals about 25 to 45 years old start to become more productive, or higher performers (as Figure 1.8 indicates by the upturn in the dotted line and its continuance as a solid line). Employment sought during this stage is guided by what was learned during the exploration stage. In addition, the jobs sought are usually full-time jobs. Individuals at this stage commonly move to different jobs within the same company, to different companies, or even to different industries.

Figure 1.8 The relationships among career stages, life stages, and performance

High

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

Growth?

Maintenance? Performance

Decline

Advancement Stagnation?

Trial

Low Exploration

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 44

Establishment

Maintenance

Decline

14/09/18 2:36 PM

CHAPTER 1   Introducing Modern Management: Concepts and Skills 



45

Maintenance Stage  The third stage in career evolution is the maintenance stage. In this stage, individuals who are 45 to 65 years old show either increased performance (career growth), stabilized performance (career maintenance), or decreased performance (career stagnation). From the organization’s viewpoint, it is better for managers to experience career growth than maintenance or stagnation. For this reason, some companies such as IBM, Monsanto, and Brooklyn Union Gas have attempted to eliminate career plateauing—defined as a period of little or no apparent progress in a career.36 Decline Stage  The last stage in career evolution is the decline stage, which involves people about 65 years old whose productivity is declining. These individuals are either close to retirement, semi-retired, or fully retired. People in the decline stage may find it difficult to maintain prior performance levels, perhaps because they have lost interest in their careers or have failed to keep their job skills up to date. As Americans live longer and stay healthier into late middle age, many of them choose to become part-time workers in businesses, such as Publix supermarkets and McDonald’s or in volunteer groups, such as the March of Dimes and the American Heart Association. Some retired executives put their career experience to good social use by working with the governmentsponsored organization Service Corps of Retired Executives (SCORE) to offer management advice and consultation to small businesses trying to gain a foothold in their market.

Promoting Your Own Career Both practicing managers and management scholars agree that careful formulation and implementation of appropriate tactics can enhance the success of a management career.37 Planning your career path—the sequence of jobs that you will fill in the course of your working life—is the first step to take in promoting your career. For some people, a career path entails ascending the hierarchy of a particular organization. Others plan a career path within a particular profession or series of professions. Everyone needs to recognize, however, that career planning is an ongoing process, beginning with the career’s early phases and continuing throughout the career. In promoting your own career, you must be proactive and see yourself as a business that you are responsible for developing. You should not view your plan as limiting your options. First consider both your strengths and your liabilities and assess what you need from a career. Then explore all the avenues of opportunity open to you, both inside and outside the organization. Set your career goals, continually revise and update these goals as your career progresses, and take the steps necessary to accomplish these goals.

T I P S FO R M A N AG I N G A RO U N D T H E G LO B E

Making the Most of International Experience

P

eople assume that international experience will open up opportunities for managers. Certainly, if employees and customers live in different countries, familiarity with those cultures should be a big plus. For example, Andrew Gamertsfelder credited his marketing internships in Brazil with helping him land a job working for Stryker Orthopaedics in Brazil after he graduated from the University of Pittsburgh. And when the staffing firm Robert Half surveyed chief financial officers in the United States, almost 70 percent said international experience would be important for accounting and finance employees in future years.

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 45

However, researchers at the IE Business School in Spain conducted a study that raises questions about the value of international experience. Reviewing the careers of chief executive officers at large corporations, the researchers found that the longer the managers had worked overseas, the longer they took to reach the top jobs. Apparently, executives should balance overseas experience against staying in contact with decision makers at headquarters. To do this, executives should take shorter assignments, participate in cross-border teamwork, and make a point of staying in touch with colleagues back home.38

14/09/18 2:36 PM

46

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

TABLE 1.3 

Manager and Employee Roles in Enhancing Employee Career Development

Dimension

Professional Employee

Manager

Responsibility

Assumes responsibility for individual career development

Assumes responsibility for employee development

Information

Obtains career information through selfevaluation and data collection:

Provides information by holding up a mirror of reality:

What do I enjoy doing?

How manager views the employee

Where do I want to go?

How others view the employee How “things work around here”

Planning

Develops an individual plan to reach objectives

Helps employee assess plan

Follow-through

Invites management support through high performance on the current job by understanding the scope of the job and taking appropriate initiative

Provides coaching and relevant information on opportunities

Another important tactic in promoting your own career is to work for managers who carry out realistic and constructive roles in the career development of their employees.39 Table 1.3 outlines what career development responsibility, information, planning, and follow-through generally include. It also outlines the complementary career development role for a professional employee. To enhance your career success, you must learn to be proactive rather than reactive.40 That is, you must take specific actions to demonstrate your abilities and accomplishments. You must also have a clear idea of the next several positions you should seek, the skills you need to acquire to function appropriately in those positions, and plans for acquiring those skills. Finally, you need to think about the ultimate position you want and the sequence of positions you must hold in order to gain the skills and attitudes necessary to qualify for that position.

Special Career Issues In today’s business world, countless special issues significantly affect how careers actually develop. Two issues that have had a significant impact on career development in recent years are the following: 1. Women managers 2. Dual-career couples The following sections discuss each of these factors.

Women Managers  Women in their roles as managers must meet the same challenges in their work environments as men. Because they have joined the ranks of management more recently in large numbers, however, women often lack the social contacts that are so important in the development of a management career. Another problem for women is that, traditionally, they have been expected to manage families and households while simultaneously handling the pressures and competition of paid employment. Finally, women are more likely than men to encounter sexual harassment in the workplace. Some management theorists believe that women may have an enormous advantage over men in future management situations.41 They predict that networks of relationships will replace rigid organizational structures and that star workers will be replaced by teams made up of workers at all levels who are empowered to make decisions. Detailed rules and procedures will be replaced by a flexible system that calls for judgments based on key values and a constant search for new ways to get the job done. Strengths often attributed to women—emphasizing interrelationships, listening, and motivating others—will be the dominant virtues in the corporation of the future. Despite this optimism, however, some reports indicate that the proportion of men to women in management ranks seems to have changed little in the last 10 years.42 This stabilized

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 46

14/09/18 2:36 PM

CHAPTER 1   Introducing Modern Management: Concepts and Skills 

proportion can probably be explained by a number of factors. For example, perhaps women are not opting to move into management positions at a greater pace than men because of trade-offs they have to make, such as not having or delaying the birth of a baby. In addition, women often indicate that it’s more difficult for them to move into management positions than men because of the lack of female mentors and role models in the corporate world. Table 1.4 lists seven steps that management can take to help ready employees with potential for advancement in an organization.43

Dual-Career Couples  With an increas-

ing number of dual-career couples, organizations who want to attract and retain the best performers have found it necessary to consider how dualcareer couples affect the workforce. Those in dual-career relationships even have a Facebook community devoted to their concerns.44 The traditional scenario in which a woman takes a supporting role in the development of her spouse’s career is being replaced by one of equal work and shared responsibilities of spouses. This arrangement requires a certain amount of flexibility on the part of the couple as well as the organizations for which they work. Today, burning issues such as whose career takes precedence if a spouse is offered a transfer to another city and who takes the ultimate responsibility for family concerns point to the fact that dual-career relationships involve trade-offs and that it is difficult to “have it all.”

TABLE 1.4 

47

Kris Tripplaar/Tripplaar Kristoffer/SIPA/Newscom



DuPont CEO Ellen Kullman, an engineer, most likely faced challenges in her managerial roles because employers and employees sometimes see women managers as a novelty.

Seven Steps Management Can Take to Encourage the Advancement of Employees with Potential in Organizations

1. Make sure that people with potential know the top three strategic goals for the company. Knowing these goals will help people focus their efforts on important issues. As a result, they’ll be better able to make a meaningful contribution to goal attainment and become more likely candidates for promotion. 2. Make sure that people with potential have a worthwhile understanding of career planning. Having a vision for their careers and a career planning tool at their disposal will likely enhance the advancement of these individuals in an organization. 3. Teach people with potential how to better manage their time. The most effective managers are obsessed with using their time in the most valuable way possible. Helping people with potential know where their time is being invested and how to make a better investment should better ready them for promotion. 4. Assign outstanding mentors to people with potential in the organization. Mentors are important in readying individuals for promotion. Assigning outstanding leaders in an organization to people with potential should accelerate the process of readying these individuals for promotion. 5. H  ave career discussions with people who have potential as managers. Career discussions involving both managers and people with the potential to be managers should be held regularly. Helping these individuals to continually focus on their careers and their potential for upward mobility should help them to keep progressing toward management positions. 6. P  rovide opportunities for organization members with potential to make contributions to the community. In today’s environment, managers must be aware of and contribute to the community in which the organization exists. Experience within the community should help ready these organization members for management positions. 7. Encourage people with potential to take the initiative in obtaining management positions. These individuals must be proactive in building the skills necessary to become a manager or be promoted to the next level of management. They should set career goals, outline a plan to achieve those goals, and then move forward with their plans.

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 47

14/09/18 2:36 PM

48

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

How Dual-Career Couples Cope  Studies of dual-career couples reveal that many

cope with their career difficulties in one of the following ways.45 The couple might develop a commitment to both spouses’ careers so that when a decision is made, the right of each spouse to pursue a career is taken into consideration. Both spouses are flexible about handling home- and job-oriented issues. They work out coping mechanisms, such as negotiating child care or scheduling shared activities in advance, to better manage their work and their family responsibilities. Often, dual-career couples find that they must limit their social lives and their volunteer responsibilities in order to slow their lives to a manageable pace. Finally, many couples find that they must take steps to consciously facilitate their mutual career advancement. An organization that wants to retain an employee may find that it needs to assist that employee’s spouse in his or her career development as well.

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY T

his chapter emphasizes what management is and what managers do. As a manager, James Quincey is engaged in processes that help Coca-Cola reach organizational goals. Quincey, as CEO of a major corporation, must focus on how the company can deliver top quality at a competitive price and develop new products that will keep the company abreast of the latest consumer trends. He cannot possibly develop, make, and sell all the products; rather, he leads the efforts within his group, keeping them aligned with the company’s goals. Quincey engages in planning, organizing, influencing, and controlling the work of the people at Coca-Cola. He uses human resources, as well as money, raw materials, and machinery (capital equipment). These efforts succeed when his group is both effective (successful in achieving goals) and efficient (minimizes the use of resources). Quincey has risen in the ranks at Coca-Cola because he has demonstrated that he has management skill—the ability to carry out the process of reaching organizational goals by working with and through people and other organizational resources. According to the classic understanding, management skill is the combination of three different kinds of skills: technical, human, and conceptual skills. In this understanding of management, technical skills were especially important for Quincey when he first took on lower-management jobs. As he rose through Coca-Cola’s hierarchy, Quincey depended less on the use of technical skills and more on the use of conceptual skills. However, human skills, such as communicating

and building cooperation, are important at all levels of management. More recently, management skills have been viewed in terms of the activities carried out by managers. Quincey and other managers typically perform taskrelated, people-related, and change-related activities. Task-related activities require skills in short-term planning, clarifying objectives, and monitoring performance. People-related activities require skills in encouraging employees, providing recognition for accomplishments, developing skills in others, consulting others when making decisions, and empowering employees to solve problems. Change-related activities require skills in monitoring the organization’s environment, proposing new ideas, encouraging innovation, and taking necessary risks. The Challenge Case described how John Quincey has progressed through his career in management and the challenges of being a top manager. A career is a sequence of work-related positions over the course of a person’s life. Also, in his progression to the top position at Coke, he has embodied the six management employability skills. He has demonstrated his expertise in communication, critical thinking, creativity, collaboration, knowledge application, and ethics and social responsibility. We have not yet seen the end of Quincey’s career, but his path so far illustrates how a hardworking, goaloriented person can develop skills by successfully taking on challenging positions that offer opportunities to learn more about a company’s products, customers, and functions.

MyLab Management Assessing Your Management Skill If your instructor has assigned this activity, go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the exercise related to the Challenge Case.

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 48

14/09/18 2:36 PM



CHAPTER 1   Introducing Modern Management: Concepts and Skills 

49

D E V E LO P I N G M A N AG E M E N T S K I L L This section is specially designed to help you develop management skills. An individual’s management skill is based on an understanding of the concepts and the ability to apply those concepts. The following activities will help to enhance your management skills in various organizational situations.

Class Preparation and Personal Study To help you to prepare for class, perform the activities outlined in this section. Performing these activities will help you enhance your classroom performance significantly.

Reflecting on Target Skill On page 31, this chapter opens by presenting a target management skill along with a list of related objectives outlining knowledge and understanding that you should aim to acquire related to this skill. Review this target skill and the list of objectives to make sure that you’ve acquired all pertinent information within the chapter. If you do not feel that you’ve reached a particular objective(s), study related chapter coverage until you do.

Know Key Terms Understanding the following key terms is critical to your preparing for class. Define each of these terms. Refer to the page(s) referenced after a term to check your definition or to gain further insight regarding the term. management  35 management functions  35 organizational resources  37 managerial effectiveness  38 managerial efficiency  38 management skill  40 technical skills  40 human skills  40 conceptual skills  40 task-related activities  41 people-related activities  41 change-related activities  41 management employability skills  41 career  43 exploration stage  44 establishment stage  44

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 49

maintenance stage  45 career plateauing  45 decline stage  45

Know How Management Concepts Relate This section comprises activities that will further sharpen your understanding of management concepts. Answer essay questions as completely as possible. 1-1 How can influencing ensure that managers are as efficient as possible? 1-2 What do task-related activities mean to you? Suggest examples of task-related activities that are regularly undertaken by managers and are essential skills to perform. 1-3 Discuss your personal philosophy for promoting the careers of women managers within an organization. Why do you hold this philosophy? Explain any challenges that you foresee in implementing this philosophy within a modern organization. How will you overcome these challenges?

MyLab Management Personal Inventory Assessments Go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the Personal Inventory Assessment related to this chapter.

14/09/18 2:36 PM

50

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

Management Skills Exercises Learning activities in this section are aimed at helping you develop management skills.

MyLab Management   Discussion Questions Go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the problems marked with this icon .

Cases Coke’s New CEO Battles a Changing Market “Coke’s New CEO Battles a Changing Market” and its related Challenge Case Summary were written to help you understand the management concepts contained in this chapter. Answer the following discussion questions about the introductory case to explore how fundamental management concepts can be applied to a company such as Coca-Cola. 1-4 How would you describe the significance of James Quincey’s work as a manager? Who benefits from his abilities and efforts? 1-5 In terms of the contemporary view of management skill, which activities and skills do you see Quincey using in his role as CEO of Coke? How do you think he acquired those skills? 1-6 Explain how Quincey has demonstrated the six management employability skills. Which employability skills are most important for becoming a CEO? Explain your answer.

College Students Revolutionize the Mattress Industry Read the case and answer the questions that follow. Studying this case will help you better understand how concepts relating to the four functions of management can be applied in a company such as Doze Beds. Many college students dream of one day starting a business such as opening a thriving restaurant or a hightech start-up, or even selling the best chocolate chip cookie ever. However, two students, Brendan Rice and Russell Suskind, decided they wanted to start a mattress company. Rice, who graduated from the University of Wisconsin and loves extreme sports, and Suskind, a graduate of Syracuse University who enjoys hockey, started Doze Beds with just $10,000. And their company is changing the way consumers purchase mattresses. Rice and Suskind teamed up when they were introduced at Venture for America: a two-year fellowship where recent college grads hone their entrepreneurial skills in cities where jobs desperately need to be created. As students, both men discovered how difficult and confusing mattress buying could be with so many options, styles, and prices.

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 50

They wanted something simpler and Doze Beds was born. The company operates on the principle that if a firm offers a basic product at a reasonable price, makes delivery a cinch, and has a transparent return policy, it will be successful. Doze sells a 10-inch memory gel foam mattress that is ordered online, packed in a small FedEx box, and sent right to the customer’s door. Without a brick-and-mortar retail store, Doze Beds avoids substantial overhead costs and the consumer enjoys buying direct from the manufacturer without heavy markups. Doze Beds has a very liberal return policy for those who decide they don’t like the bed that they have purchased: They receive a full refund, and the company helps the customer find a needy venue to donate the bed. The founders of the company as well as other employees visit college campuses and music festivals all over the country to show off their product. “We find that when people are able to feel the product and interact with the brand, they are much more likely to purchase,” Suskind said.46 Like the founders of any start-up, Rice and Suskind have had to handle the difficult challenge of taking a business from a vague concept to a tangible, smooth-running enterprise. Rice got his start at helping other young entrepreneurs while he was at the University of Wisconsin working in a business incubator. He spent most of his time on “trying to support students that had business ideas and wanted to launch their own company.”47 He found it energizing that other students were pursuing their dreams and bringing their business ideas to fruition. His affiliation with these budding entrepreneurs drove home the realization that he could start a business, too. When Rice met Suskind at the Venture for America fellowship, the mattress business was at the forefront of their thoughts. Both had dealt with the exhausting endeavor of visiting mattress stores, being confused by the hundreds of choices, and finally having to figure out how to strap the mattress to the top of their car! They knew there had to be a better way, and that’s when they developed their idea to build an online business that would involve a simple, fairly priced mattress. Because it does not have springs or any other rigid structure, it can be folded into a tight package and mailed directly to the consumer in a small box. The reviews from customers have been outstanding, and many echo Rice’s sentiments when he says, “I can’t wait to jump into my bed at the end of every day.”48

Questions 1-7 In starting their business, how have Rice and Suskind used the four functions of management? 1-8 Discuss the use of organizational resources (human, monetary, raw materials, and capital) in a start-up like Doze Beds. What challenges would an entrepreneur face with each one? 1-9 Which of Katz’s managerial skills (technical, human, and conceptual) do Rice and Suskind use most often? Why?

14/09/18 2:36 PM



CHAPTER 1   Introducing Modern Management: Concepts and Skills 

Experiential Exercises Developing Your Conceptual Skills Directions. Read the following scenario and then perform the listed activities. Your instructor may want you to perform the activities as an individual or within groups. Follow all of your instructor’s directions carefully. Assume you’re the president of a small, regional restaurant specializing in Tex-Mex cuisine that was founded in 2007. There are six locations in the Columbus, Ohio, area, and each is doing reasonably well financially. Fortunately, the last few years have shown incredible growth, and the sixth location opened six months ago. Now you have an opportunity before you. A rival chain of similar size is closing its doors. All of its locations are within the same geographic region as all of yours: central Ohio. Because the owner of this rival chain is anxious to be rid of the assets of his company, he has approached you about buying all six of his stores. You have the finances to make the acquisition, but you will need to borrow funds to remodel and revamp these existing structures. Apply conceptual skills to answer these questions. If you were to buy this rival chain, what would you do with these new locations? Convert them to your brand of TexMex, or open them as something different? Develop three alternatives you could do with this rival chain’s stores.

51

and booking agent for many local attractions and businesses. The primary tasks are to improve the experience for visitors and to increase tourism spending per head. The booth will be funded for one year, after which it will have to cover its own costs through booking fees. Fill out the following form to indicate issues related to each of the management functions when you start your job as manager at the airport.

Planning Issues to Inspect Example: The booth must be manned to cover all incoming flights. 1-10 1-11 1-12 1-13 1-14

Organizing Issues to Inspect 1-15 1-16 1-17

You and Your Career Upon graduation, you may find yourself in a managerial position right away. Though it is not common, it does happen for some recent graduates. One challenge you may experience is that you will be managing a team where every member is older than you. What steps can you take to ease your transition into a managerial role, especially in light of your age and inexperience? What is the best way to establish yourself as the manager of the team and earn the team’s respect?

1-18 1-19

Influencing Issues to Inspect 1-20 1-21 1-22 1-23 1-24

Building Your Management Skills Portfolio Your management skills portfolio is a collection of activities specially designed to demonstrate your management knowledge and skill. Be sure to save your work. You can use this material when you are preparing for an interview. The portfolio activity for this chapter is managing the tourist information and experience booth at a local airport. The government is keen for local and regional airports in your country to open a tourist information and assistance booth as the first tourism-related contact point for visitors. Visitors may be international visitors or residents of your own country or region traveling on internal flights. You have been appointed as manager of the booth at your local airport with eight employees. You start the job in two weeks. There will be a wide variety of brochures, and information will be available through apps and mobile sites that are being developed. You will have to act as a liaison

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 51

Controlling Issues to Inspect 1-25 1-26 1-27 1-28 1-29 Assume that you have to ensure that an English speaker is available to cover the suggested 18-hours-a-day opening times. Explain how that change affects your organizing, influencing, and controlling activities.

25/09/18 10:34 AM

52

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

13. 14. 15.

16.

MyLab Management   Writing Assignments If your instructor has assigned this activity, go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management for the following assisted-graded writing assignments:

17.

Assisted-Grading Questions 1-30 Explain the relationships among the four functions of management.

18. 19.

1-31 List and define five skills that you think you’ll need as CEO of a company. Why will these skills be important in your CEO position? 20. 21.

Endnotes 1. Jennifer Maloney, “Coke’s New CEO James Quincey to Staff: Make Mistakes,” Wall Street Journal, May 10, 2017 (online edition). 2. John Kell, “What Coca-Cola’s Leadership Changes Tell Us about the Future of the Company,” Fortune, March 23, 2017, http://fortune .com/2017/03/23/coke-new-ceo-leadership/. 3. Jay Moye, “Quincey at CAGNY: ‘We Are Going to Be a Total Beverage Company,’” February 23, 2017, http://www.coca-colacompany .com/stories/quincey-at-cagny-we-are-going-to-be-a-total-beveragecompany. 4. For an interesting discussion of how the World Bank is launching a pilot program to address the scarcity of well-trained managers in developing and transitional countries, see “Improving Management in Developing Countries,” Finance & Development 40, no. 2 (June 2003): 5. 5. The Simple Truth about the Gender Pay Gap. Rep. American Association of University Women, 2011, http://www.aauw.org/learn/research/ simpleTruth.cfm. 6. Kevin Miller, “The Simple Truth about the Gender Pay Gap,” American Association of University Women (Spring 2017): 4. 7. “Shareholders Win One at Home Depot: An Arrogant CEO’s Exorbitant Pay Had No Relation to Sagging Stock Price,” Knight Ridder Tribune Business News, January 15, 2007, 1. 8. Alan Murray, “A Gathering Consensus on CEO Pay,” Wall Street Journal, March 15, 2006, A2. 9. Jerry W. Markham, “The Politics of Executive Pay: Ideology, Not ‘Social Justice,’ Fuels Calls for Restraints on Executive Compensation,” Regulation (March 22, 2011): 38–43. 10. John R. Schermerhorn, Jr., Management (New York: John Wiley, 2005), 19. 11. Jacqueline McLean, “Making Things Happen,” The British Journal of Administrative Management (October/November 2006): 16. 12. Gary Hamel and C. K. Prahalad, “Seeing the Future First,” Fortune (September 5, 1994): 64–70; Paul J. Di Stefano, “Strategic Planning—

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 52

22. 23. 24. 25. 26.

27.

28.

29.

30. 31. 32.

Both Short Term and Long Term,” Rough Notes 149, no. 8 (August 2006): 26. T. L. Stanley, “Management: A Journey in Progress,” Supervision 67, no. 12 (December 2006): 15–18. Jared Sandberg, “Office Democracies: How Many Bosses Can One Person Have?” Wall Street Journal, November 22, 2005, B1. In early management literature, the term motivating was commonly used to signify this people-oriented management function. The term influencing is used consistently throughout this text because it is broader and permits more flexibility in discussing peopleoriented issues. Later in the text, motivating is discussed as a major part of influencing. “Motivating Your Team: Top Tips,” Bdaily Business News, January 21, 2015, https://bdaily.co.uk/advice/21-01-2015/motivating-yourteam-top-tips/; Philip Beresford, “Britain’s Top 100 Entrepreneurs 2014: No. 11—Lawrence Jones, UKFast,” Management Today, October 26, 2014; Sirena Bergman, “How to Build a More Efficient Office,” The Guardian, December 9, 2014; Shelina Begum, “MEN Business of the Year 2014: Winners’ Stories,” Manchester Evening News, November 14, 2014; Alison Coleman, “Let’s Work Together,” Director Magazine, March 2014, http://www.director.co.uk/MAGAZINE/2012/11_ November/Lets%20get%20together_66_03.html. For an interesting discussion of measuring operational efficiency in the airline industry, see Wann-Yih Wu and Ying-Kai Liao, “A Balanced Score Card Envelopment Approach to Assess Airlines’ Performance,” Industrial Management (2014): 123–143. William Wiggenhorn, “Motorola U: When Training Becomes an Education,” Harvard Business Review (July/August 1990): 71–83. Mitchell Bingemann, “Telstra Rings in New Era with More Management Changes,” The Australian, March 30, 2010, http://www.the australian.com; Almar Latour and Lyndal McFarland, “If You Don’t Deliver Numbers You Aren’t Doing Your Job,” Wall Street Journal, March 15, 2010, http://online.wsj.com. Wyatt Wells, “Concept of the Corporation,” Business History Review 81, no. 1 (Spring 2007): 142. Henri Fayol, General and Industrial Management (London: Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons, 1949). B. C. Forbes, Forbes (March 15, 1976): 128. Les Worrall and Cary Cooper, “Management Skills Development: A Perspective on Current Issues and Setting the Future Agenda,” Leadership & Organization Development Journal 22, no. 1 (2001): 34–39. Robert L. Katz, “Skills of an Effective Administrator,” Harvard Business Review (January/February 1955): 33–41. Tanya Mohn, “Going Global, Stateside,” New York Times, March 8, 2010, http://www.nytimes.com. For an interesting discussion of tools for human skill in encouraging food-handling safety, see Ungku Fatimah Abidin, Ungku Zainal, Susan W. Arendt, and Catherine H. Strohbehn, “Exploring the Culture of Food Safety: The Role of Organizational Influencers in Motivating Employees’ Safe Food-Handling Practices,” Journal of Quality Assurance in Hospitality & Tourism 14, no. 4 (2013): 321. Dennis Nishi, “‘Soft Skills’ Can Help You Get Ahead,” Wall Street Journal, May 18, 2013, http://online.wsj.com; Millennial Branding, “Millennial Branding and American Express Release New Study on Gen Y Workplace Expectations,” news release, September 3, 2013, http://millennial­ branding.com; Sue Shellenbarger, “Shaking Off a Shy Reputation at Work,” Wall Street Journal, January 14, 2014, http://online.wsj.com; Dan Schawbel, “Develop Your Soft Skills for Workplace Success,” Fast Track (Intuit blog), April 12, 2013, http://quickbase.intuit.com. Gary Yukl, Angela Gordon, and Tom Taber, “A Hierarchical Taxonomy of Leadership Behavior: Integrating a Half Century of Behavior Research,” Journal of Leadership & Organizational Studies 9, no. 1 (Summer 2002): 15–32. Ruth Bridgstock, “The Graduate Attributes We’ve Overlooked: Enhancing Graduate Employability through Career Management Skills,” Higher Education Research & Development Journal 28, no 1 (March 31, 2009): 31–44. http://www.conferenceboard.ca/topics/education/learning-tools/ employability-skills.aspx Tim O. Peterson and David D. Van Fleet, “The Ongoing Legacy of R. L. Katz: An Updated Typology of Management Skills,” Management Decision 42, no. 10 (2004): 1297–1308. Don Hellriegel and John W. Slocum, Jr., Organizational Behavior, 13th ed. (Mason, OH: Thomson South-Western, 2010), 6.

14/09/18 2:36 PM



CHAPTER 1   Introducing Modern Management: Concepts and Skills 

33. Perri Capell, “Why Increased Pay Isn’t Always Best Reason to Accept Another Job,” Wall Street Journal, December 19, 2006, B8. 34. For a study exploring the role of burnout in career plateauing, see Zakaria Sorizehi, Abbas Samadi, Rohallah Sohrabi, and Nasser Kamalipoor, “Studying the Relationship between Plateauing in Career Progression Path with Personnel Burnout,” Interdisciplinary Journal of Contemporary Research in Business 5, no. 3 (2013): 627–638. 35. Patrick J. Purcell, “Older Workers: Employment and Retirement Trends,” Monthly Labor Review 123, no. 10 (October 2000): 19–30. 36. John W. Slocum, Jr., William L. Cron, and Linda C. Yows, “Whose Career Is Likely to Plateau?” Business Horizons (March/April 1987): 31–38. 37. Robert N. Lussier, Management Fundamentals: Concepts, Applications, Skill Development (Mason, OH: South-Western, 2012). 38. Cecilia Capuzzi Simon, “The World Is Their Workplace,” New York Times, February 3, 2013, Business Insights: Global, http:// bi.galegroup.com; Ken Tysiac, “Can You Succeed in Finance without International Experience?” Journal of Accountancy, July 19, 2013, http://www.journalofaccountancy.com; Ken Favaro, “Is There Really Such Thing as a ‘Global CEO’?” Fortune, April 16, 2013, http:// management.fortune.cnn.com; Burak Koyuncu, “Can International Experience Harm Careers?,” Diversity Executive, May 16, 2012, http:// diversity-executive.com. 39. Paul H. Thompson, Robin Zenger Baker, and Norman Smallwood, “Improving Personal Development by Applying the Four-Stage Career Model,” Organizational Dynamics (Autumn 1986): 49–62. 40. Kenneth Labich, “Take Control of Your Career,” Fortune (November 18, 1991): 87–90; Buck Blessing, “Career Planning: Five Fatal Assumptions,” Training and Development Journal (September 1986): 49–51.

M01_CERT5193_15_GE_C01.indd 53

53

41. Thomas J. Peters, Jr., “The Best New Managers Will Listen, Motivate, Support,” Working Woman (September 1990): 142–143, 216–217. 42. Ann Pomeroy, “Peak Performances,” HR Magazine 52, no. 4 (April 2007): 48–53. 43. Adapted from Jan Torrisi-Mokwa, “The Seven Questions Firm Leaders Need to Ask to Advance Professional Women More Effectively,” CPA Practice Management Forum 2, no. 12 (December 2006): 13–14. 44. Facebook, http://www.facebook.com, accessed March 25, 2010. For an interesting discussion of the challenges of dual-career versus single-career couples, see David F. Elloy and Catherine R. Smith, “Patterns of Stress, Work-Family Conflict, Role Conflict, Role Ambiguity, and Overload Among Dual-Career and Single-Career Couples: An Australian Study,” Cross-Cultural Management 10, no. 1 (2003): 55. 45. Sharon Meers and Joanna Strober, Getting to 50/50: How Working Couples Can Have It All by Sharing It All (New York: Bantam, 2000). For additional information about dual-career couples relocating abroad, see Mandy E. G. van der Velde, Paul G. W. Jansen, P. Matthijs Bal, and Kim J. P. M. van Erp, “Dual-Earner Couples’ Willingness to Relocate Abroad: The Reciprocal Influence of Both Partners’ Career Role Salience and Partner Role Salience,” European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 26, no. 2 (2017): 195–207. 46. Amanda Quick, “After Rebrand, ‘Life Is Better in Bed’ for Doze,” June 17, 2016. Published by Tech.Co. https://tech.co/doze-rebrandlife-better-in-bed-2016-06. 47. Benjamin Seidman, “Tuck Wakes Up the Mattress Industry,” Michipreneur, November 17, 2015, http://www.michipreneur.com/ tuck-wakes-up-the-mattress-industry/. 48. Ibid.

17/09/18 1:04 PM

2

Management and Entrepreneurship: Handling Start-Ups and New Ventures TA R G E T S K I L L Entrepreneurship Skill: involves the identification, evaluation, and exploitation of opportunities E N T R E P R E N E U R S H I P S K I L L A N D YO U R C A R E E R Entrepreneurship skill will be of great value to you in enhancing your career. This skill can help you identify and exploit new market opportunities. The ability to identify and exploit opportunities will contribute to organizational success, build your image as a competent manager, make you valuable to your organization, and support promotions as you build your career.

OBJECTIVES To help build my entrepreneurship skill, when studying this chapter, I will attempt to acquire: 2-1 An understanding of the three stages of entrepreneurship 2-2 An overall appreciation for the opportunity concept and an understanding of the primary types of entrepreneurial opportunities

2-5 An appreciation for the role of opportunity exploitation in the entrepreneurship process 2-6 Insights regarding the various types of financing available to entrepreneurs

2-3 An understanding of how to identify opportunities

2-7 An appreciation for how existing organizations use corporate entrepreneurship

2-4 Insights regarding the key components of opportunity evaluation

2-8 An understanding of and appreciation for the role of social entrepreneurship in society

MyLab Management Chapter Warm Up 54

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 54

If your instructor has assigned this activity, go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the chapter warm up.

14/09/18 1:17 PM

CHALLENGE CASE Professor Becomes Restaurateur ilmington College professor Steven Austin Stovall took his course on entrepreneurship one step further by creating a business plan alongside his students for a restaurant in the small Ohio town of Wilmington, a town of 12,000 people. A seventh-generation Texan, Stovall moved to Ohio to become a management professor at Wilmington College in 2002. Along the way, he provided consulting to the restaurant industry and learned what worked and what didn’t. “Some restaurants have some fantastic ideas,” he said, “but don’t understand all the business aspects. Others understand the business, but can’t go beyond copying what everyone else does.” In 2012, Stovall taught the college’s only section of entrepreneurship to 20 students. During that class, students crafted business plans for their fictitious businesses in order to earn credit for the course, but Stovall did every step with the students. When they were conducting feasibility analyses, he conducted one, too. When they were thinking about marketing, so was he. By the end of the semester, he had written a business plan for a new entrepreneurial venture. He put the finishing touches on his business plan, he realized that he had a viable idea for a restaurant—he called it Austin’s Casual Eatery, after his middle name as well as the vibrant college town in the heart of Texas. He wanted something different than what already existed, which was several chain restaurants and many competitors offering overly processed dishes or frozen ones that were simply heated up when the customer ordered one of them. In August 2013, Austin’s Casual Eatery, a 150-seat restaurant with a full-service bar, opened. After months of work turning the 140-year-old building into a modern restaurant, Stovall discovered that owning a restaurant is a lot different than consulting with one. “We thought we were prepared,” he admitted, “but we weren’t.” The first night the store opened, a line of people went around the block, all of them waiting impatiently for a table at the newest restaurant in town. “We ran out of food on the first day,” he said. “We literally only had half the menu available by 5 p.m.” But the half that did remain wasn’t quite what customers were wanting. It was a learning experience for Stovall. His forecasting and food preparation were not meeting the demands of the market. After the first week, Stovall closed early one night and met with his team. “I told them we need to rethink this business. We had to ask ourselves why some things were selling beyond imagination and others weren’t moving at all.” Originally, Austin’s opened as a tapas restaurant: small

Kasey Lynch/Dr. Steven Austin Stovall

W

Dr. Steven Austin Stovall standing outside his 150-seat namesake restaurant in Wilmington, Ohio, faced several challenges in seeing his dream become a reality. plates of a wide variety of food offerings that are meant to be shared. “People liked our food and the outstanding customer service, but they weren’t really willing to share their order with others at the table!” So the tapas idea was gone after that first week, and Stovall and his team developed a menu of 35 appetizer and entrée items that would change seasonally. Collaboration is important for an entrepreneurial venture because when the business is small, relying on the team provides more ideas than the owner can possibly provide on his or her own. Every three months, Stovall and his general manager would sit down and determine what the top 10 selling items for the previous quarter were. Those top 10 items would remain, and 25 new menu items would appear that would feature that season’s freshest offerings. A typical menu might include crab cakes, chicken empanadas, stuffed bell peppers, and a variety of handmade desserts.1 “As we researched and developed new menu items,” said Stovall referring to his collaboration with the general manager, “our mantra became, ‘ok, if our grandmothers read the list of ingredients for this dish, would they be able to pronounce and recognize each of those ingredients?’

 55

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 55

14/09/18 1:17 PM

56

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

If they wouldn’t, that menu idea was gone.” This philosophy of offering “real food” became the driving force of operating the business. Certainly, Stovall could have utilized more preprocessed and frozen dishes that would have been less costly to make, but his clientele was clamoring for something different than what was already available in the local restaurant market. After the first year, Austin’s Casual Eatery made close to $1 million in revenue. With a team of 32 full- and part-time staff members, Stovall’s lessons in management and entrepreneurship were discovered through trial and error. “It was the mistakes we made that made us better,” Stovall offered. “I’m glad we made big mistakes early so we could correct them and I’m glad we were small enough to be able to do so quickly.” After several years of operations, Stovall continues to collaborate with the general manager and other employees in the restaurant to change the menu every three months and has developed a loyal following. One thing almost every customer mentions is that he or she enjoys ordering and tasting “real food.”

THE ENTREPRENEURSHIP CHALLENGE The Challenge Case illustrates the different entrepreneurship challenges that Steven Austin Stovall and Austin’s Casual Eatery had to overcome. The remaining material in this chapter explains entrepreneurship concepts and helps develop the corresponding entrepreneurship skill you will need to meet such challenges throughout your career. After studying the chapter concepts, read the Challenge Case Summary at the end of the chapter to help you relate chapter content to meeting entrepreneurship challenges at Austin’s Casual Eatery.

Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship 2-1 An understanding of the three stages of entrepreneurship

Entrepreneurship can be defined in a variety of ways. Most people believe that entrepreneurship entails an individual starting a new business to make money, but the meaning of the term is actually much broader. For our purposes, entrepreneurship refers to the identification, evaluation, and exploitation of opportunities.2 Figure 2.1 illustrates this process. Opportunities, in a general sense, are appropriate or favorable occasions.3 In the entrepreneurship sense, however, the definition of opportunity is slightly different. Specifically, an entrepreneurial opportunity is an occasion to bring into existence new products and services that allow outputs to be sold at a price greater than their cost of production.4 In other words, entrepreneurial opportunities exist when individuals are able to sell new products and services at a price that produces a profit. Although entrepreneurship has a wide-ranging definition, the process still involves starting new businesses. Understanding entrepreneurship is important; one survey reports that, on average, 550,000 people start new businesses in the United States each month.5 Other studies suggest that somewhere between 20 and 50 percent of all individuals engage in entrepreneurial behaviors.6 Despite these new businesses, evidence also suggests that entrepreneurs find it difficult to keep their businesses going. Research reports, for example, that approximately 20 percent of new businesses do not make it past the first two years, 40 percent do not make it past four years, and 50 percent do not make it past six years.8 Table 2.1 displays the results of studies examining the failure rates of some new businesses. Note, however, that research also suggests that new

Figure 2.1 Stages of the entrepreneurship process

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 56

Opportunity Identification

Opportunity Evaluation

Opportunity Exploitation

14/09/18 1:17 PM

CHAPTER 2   Management and Entrepreneurship: Handling Start-Ups and New Ventures



TABLE 2.1 

57

A Summary of Entrepreneurial Failure Rates7

Operation

Failure Rate

New Restaurants

Approximately 51% of new restaurants fail within the first 5 years.

New Businesses

Approximately 60% of new businesses fail within the first 6 years.

New Chemical Plants

Approximately 80% of new chemical plants fail within the first 10 years.

businesses may improve the productivity of existing businesses because existing businesses improve processes to compete with new rivals entering the competitive arena.9 Consistent with our framework, an entrepreneur is an individual who identifies, evaluates, and exploits opportunities. Many associate the term entrepreneur with one individual starting a new business, but research suggests that approximately 75 percent of new organizations are started by entrepreneurial teams.10 In other words, many entrepreneurs work with other people when identifying, evaluating, and exploiting entrepreneurial opportunities. Research also suggests that organizations started by entrepreneurial teams tend to perform better than those started by individual entrepreneurs working by themselves.11 Many attribute this “team advantage” to the combination of diverse skills, experiences, and relationships of the entrepreneurial team members.12 In addition, as new organizations develop, they require leaders with new skills. Consequently, assembling a team makes it easier for entrepreneurs to add team members with these new skills as the venture expands.13 It is clear that entrepreneurship represents an important piece of society. Taken together, then, these high business formation rates and high failure rates suggest that understanding the fundamentals of entrepreneurship is important. In the following sections, we highlight the primary issues that pertain to identifying, evaluating, and exploiting entrepreneurial opportunities.

Types of Opportunities In his classic formulation of entrepreneurial opportunities, Schumpeter described five different types.14 First, opportunities arise from the creation of new products or services. When a new type of medical device is created, for example, an opportunity exists in the form of convincing doctors to use the new device in their practices. The invention of the heart stent became an entrepreneurial opportunity for companies like Boston Scientific and Abbott Laboratories. Stents help doctors open a patient’s arteries and keep them open, which in some cases enables the patient to avoid open-heart surgery altogether. Today, an estimated 1 million Americans per year undergo the stent procedure.15 Second, opportunities arise from the discovery of new geographical markets in which new customers will appreciate the new product or service. As an example, suppose an individual has the exclusive rights to produce and distribute within the United States action figures based on a popular movie. After saturating the domestic market, the individual might begin to distribute the action figures in China. This scenario would represent an opportunity arising from the discovery of a new geographical market. Third, opportunities may arise from the creation or discovery of new raw materials or after discovering alternative uses for existing raw materials. For example, ethanol, which can be produced from corn, represents a new use for corn. Although farmers typically sell corn to the manufacturers of food products, ethanol provides farmers with another use for the corn they grow. Fourth, opportunities may emerge from the discovery of new methods of production. According to Schumpeter, new methods of production allow entrepreneurs to produce goods or services at lower costs, which allows the entrepreneurs to satisfy the needs of customers more effectively. Finally, opportunities may arise from new methods of organizing. The emergence of the Internet provides an example of such an opportunity. Specifically, the Internet allows entrepreneurs to reach consumers without the need of brick-and-mortar retail locations.16 For example, the Internet allows Netflix to offer customers a new way to rent DVDs and video games. Instead of driving to a retail outlet like Blockbuster, Netflix users order their DVDs and video games online. In sum, five different types of opportunities arise from the creation of new products or services, the discovery of new geographic markets, the discovery of new raw materials, the discovery of new methods of production, and the discovery of new methods of organizing. Table 2.2 summarizes and provides examples of each of these different types of opportunities. In the following sections, we describe in detail how entrepreneurs identify, evaluate, and exploit these opportunities.

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 57

2-2 An overall appreciation for the opportunity concept and an understanding of the primary types of entrepreneurial opportunities

14/09/18 1:17 PM

58

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

TABLE 2.2 

Types of Opportunities

Operation

Example

New Product or Service

Airbnb developing a new way for consumers to find lodging

New Geographic Markets

Citibank providing services in China

New Raw Materials or New Uses for Raw Materials

Under Armour using microfiber-based materials to make sports apparel

New Method of Production

Tyson Chicken raising chickens without antibiotics

New Method of Organizing

Uber developing a new way for consumers to travel

Opportunity Identification

Wenn/WENN Ltd/Alamy Stock Photo

2-3 An understanding of how to identify opportunities

Although an opportunity may exist, entrepreneurs will not be able to take advantage of it unless they are first able to identify the opportunity. Research suggests, though, that opportunities do not appear in a standard form and that individuals differ in their abilities to identify opportunities.17 It makes sense that these differences in discernment are a good thing: If all individuals were equally able to identify opportunities, then they might all rush to exploit the same opportunities. Which factors help determine whether individuals are able to identify opportunities? In the remainder of this section, we describe five such factors: entrepreneurial alertness, information asymmetry, social networks, cross-cultural experience, and the ability to establish means–ends relationships. First, individuals vary in terms of entrepreneurial alertness, which refers to an individual’s ability to notice and be sensitive to new information about objects, incidents, and patterns of behavior in the environment.18 When individuals have high levels of entrepreneurial alertness, they are likely to identify potential entrepreneurial opportunities. In contrast, when individuals have low levels of entrepreneurial alertness, they are likely to dismiss or ignore new information and overlook potential opportunities. Entrepreneurial alertness helped Pennsylvania farmers Amos and Jacob Miller identify a valuable opportunity. Years ago, from conversations with their customers, 32-year-old Amos and his dad, Jacob, spotted a trend in the making: Americans’ interest in nutrient-dense food was growing. As a result, the Millers began expanding their farm’s product line to include such foods—for example, grass-fed beef, milk-fed pork, and fermented vegetables. At a time when it’s become more difficult to make a living from farming, Miller Farm revenues have topped $1.8 million. The key: recognizing a trend and acting on it.19 Second, individuals vary in terms of the information to which they have access, which is known as information asymmetry. This variation in information involves both new information and old information, and no two people share all of this information at the same time.20 Two individuals, for example, may have access to new market information regarding a potential entrepreneurial opportunity; however, only one of these individuals has access to additional information suggesting that other people are already moving to exploit this opportunity. As such, only one of these individuals will correctly identify this opportunity. Third, individuals vary in terms of their social networks, which represent individuals’ patterns of social relationships. Some individuals have extended social networks (i.e., many social relationships), whereas other individuals have narrow social networks (i.e., few social relationships). Research suggests that individuals with extended networks are more likely to identify potential entrepreneurial opportunities than are those with narrow social networks.21 Moreover, the type of social network may influence opporOne of Inc. magazine’s “Most Impressive Women tunity identification. An individual with entrepreneurial family members, Entrepreneurs of 2016,” Christine Hunsicker of for example, may be better able to identify opportunities than an individual Gwynnie Bee founded a plus-size clothing with family members who are not entrepreneurial.22 subscription service.

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 58

14/09/18 1:17 PM

CHAPTER 2   Management and Entrepreneurship: Handling Start-Ups and New Ventures



59

Figure 2.2 Determinants of opportunity identification

Entrepreneurial alertness

Information asymmetry

Social networks

Opportunity Identification

Cross-cultural experience

Identification of means–ends relationships

Fourth, individuals vary in terms of their cross-cultural experience, which refers to experience living in a foreign country. Recent research indicates that cross-cultural experience is positively associated with opportunity identification. As individuals gain cross-cultural experience, they have access to different types of existing products, services, and customer problems associated with new cultures. This experience in turn helps them to identify new opportunities.23 Finally, individuals vary in terms of their abilities to assess means–ends relationships. In this context, the ability to assess means–ends relationships refers to understanding how to turn a new technology into a product or service that will be desired by consumers. For example, individuals may have access to technology but be unable to understand the potential commercial applications associated with the technology. When individuals are unable to see these associations, they are unable to identify the opportunity. In an effort to help establish these means– ends relationships, several universities are working with individuals and researchers to identify the commercial applications associated with new technologies.24 Taken together, these different factors influence opportunity identification. Figure 2.2 summarizes these different factors.

Opportunity Evaluation In the previous section, we discussed opportunity identification, which is the first step of the entrepreneurship process. In this section, we discuss the second stage of this process: opportunity evaluation. Opportunity evaluation occurs when an entrepreneur decides whether he or she has just a good idea or a viable opportunity that will provide the desired outcomes.25 The evaluation step is “where the rubber meets the road,” and it often presents a challenge. When evaluating opportunities, entrepreneurs must be honest with themselves.26 If they are not, they may purposely ignore or accidentally overlook important factors that will limit the potential success of the opportunity. To evaluate ideas, entrepreneurs will often engage in feasibility analysis, which is analysis that helps entrepreneurs understand whether an idea is practical.27 In such an analysis, entrepreneurs study customer demands, the structure of the industry, and the entrepreneur’s ability to provide the new product or service. Although entrepreneurs have many ideas, not all of them are feasible; this analysis helps them to understand whether they will be able to secure the resources required to make their ideas a reality. Even if an idea is feasible, opportunities are associated with some risk. One of the central factors that entrepreneurs examine in the evaluation stage is the opportunity’s entrepreneurial risk, which is the likelihood and magnitude of the opportunity’s downside loss. In this context, downside loss refers to the resources (i.e., money, relationships, etc.) that the entrepreneur

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 59

2-4 Insights regarding the key components of opportunity evaluation

14/09/18 1:17 PM

60

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

STEPS FOR SUCCESS

Testing Business Ideas

E

ntrepreneurs can reduce the risks of starting a business by testing their ideas before pursuing a full-scale business. Joe Demin, for example, thought the hammocks he saw in Thailand were excellent, and he wanted to sell them in the United States. But before he quit his job, he tried selling a few of the hammocks at craft fairs in his hometown. The experience helped him develop a workable plan for his new business, Yellow Leaf Hammocks.

Experienced entrepreneurs offer the following tips for testing business concepts:28

• Identify a group of people you expect to be interested, and send them an e-mail describing the product and/or concept. Ask them to let you know whether it appeals to them. • Offer samples of a new product and invite reactions. • Set up a booth at a trade show. Pay attention to visitors’ questions and their reactions to your product and marketing materials.

could lose if the opportunity does not succeed. All else being equal, entrepreneurs are more likely to pursue opportunities with low levels of entrepreneurial risk and less likely to pursue opportunities with high levels of entrepreneurial risk. Research suggests that two factors may adversely influence the accuracy of an entrepreneur’s risk perceptions.29 First, an entrepreneur’s belief in the law of small numbers decreases the risk that he or she perceives with an opportunity. The law of small numbers refers to individuals relying on small samples of information to guide their decisions. Because small samples are more likely to provide encouraging information (i.e., the success stories of other entrepreneurs) and less likely to provide discouraging information (i.e., stories of the failures of other entrepreneurs), small samples of information tend to be biased positively. Such beliefs tend to be common among entrepreneurs because most entrepreneurs do not have access to large amounts of information.30 As such, the extent to which individuals (perhaps subconsciously) believe in the accuracy of the law of small numbers helps determine whether they are likely to obtain biased information and thus associate low levels of risk with their ideas. Second, the control that an entrepreneur feels with respect to the opportunity’s outcome may influence perceptions of the idea’s risk. Illusion of control exists when entrepreneurs overestimate the extent to which they can control the outcome of an opportunity.31 The outcomes of some opportunities rely more on luck than on entrepreneurial skill. In these situations, believing that one can control the outcomes is unwise. Taking these two factors together, when entrepreneurs evaluate opportunities, they need to pay careful attention to entrepreneurial risk—and savvy entrepreneurs work to reduce risk before investing substantial amounts of capital.32 It is important that entrepreneurs do not fall victim to a belief in the law of small numbers or the illusion of control when evaluating opportunities because these two factors may negatively influence the accuracy of risk perceptions. In the following section, we discuss the final stage of the entrepreneurship process: opportunity exploitation.

Opportunity Exploitation 2-5 An appreciation for the role of opportunity exploitation in the entrepreneurship process

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 60

The third step in the entrepreneurship process involves exploiting an opportunity. Exploitation refers to the activities and investments that are committed to gain returns from the new product or service arising from the opportunity.33 Simply stated, exploitation occurs when an entrepreneur (or group of entrepreneurs) decides that an opportunity is worth pursuing. When an entrepreneur decides that customers would highly value a new product, exploitation entails all of those activities (i.e., marketing, production, etc.) needed to sell the new product to consumers. Entrepreneur Bryan Green successfully exploited an opportunity he identified. Unlike many Americans, Green has always enjoyed exercising. Realizing that Americans, in general, are out of shape was the opportunity and the impetus Green needed to launch Advantage Fitness Products, a company that designs, supplies, and services fitness facilities worldwide. Green designs home

14/09/18 1:17 PM

CHAPTER 2   Management and Entrepreneurship: Handling Start-Ups and New Ventures



61

gyms for celebrities as well as for professional teams like the San Francisco 49ers and the New York Mets. Green says that once he exploited his opportunity, the keys to his success were to “stay flexible and execute flawlessly.”34

MyLab Management Watch It

Several factors can help entrepreneurs decide whether they should exploit an opportunity.35 First, entrepreneurs are more likely to exploit an opportunity when they believe that customers will value their new product or service. When customers value a new product or service, they provide market demand. This market demand in turn helps entrepreneurs earn the resources (i.e., profits) necessary to support the opportunity exploitation. Second, entrepreneurs are more likely to exploit an opportunity when they perceive that they have the support of important stakeholders. Stakeholders are groups such as employees, suppliers, investors, and other suppliers of capital (i.e., banks) who directly or indirectly influence organizational performance. When entrepreneurs perceive that these groups will provide support, entrepreneurs are more likely to exploit the opportunity. This tendency makes sense intuitively because these stakeholders will help ensure the success of the entrepreneur purFacebook founder Mark Zuckerberg is one of suing the opportunity. Conversely, it will likely prove difficult for entrepreneurs the most successful entrepreneurs of the to succeed if they do not have the support of important stakeholders. twenty-first century. Other people had Finally, entrepreneurs are more likely to exploit opportunities when they perceive developed ideas for social networks, but that their management team is capable. Qualified management teams bring resources Zuckerberg outdid them in exploiting the (i.e., ability, knowledge, information) to the opportunity that are likely to enhance the opportunity. prospects of the opportunity.36 In contrast, when entrepreneurs feel that their management teams are incapable, they are less likely to exploit the opportunity because they will not feel that they have access to the necessary resources to ensure high levels of organizational success. In sum, several factors influence an entrepreneur’s ability to exploit opportunities. Figure 2.3 summarizes these factors.

Mandoga Media/Alamy Stock Photo

If your instructor has assigned this activity, go to www.pearson .com/mylab/management to complete the video exercise.

Figure 2.3 Factors influencing opportunity exploitation

Customer value of product or service

Stakeholder support

Opportunity Exploitation

Capable management team

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 61

14/09/18 1:17 PM

62

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

Financing Exploitation 2-6 Insights regarding the various types of financing available to entrepreneurs

When entrepreneurs decide that an opportunity is worth exploiting, they often lack the capital (i.e., money) needed to exploit the opportunity. Although some entrepreneurs fund their operations with their own money or with credit cards, most entrepreneurs require at least some external money to fund their operations. In this section, we review three primary sources of external capital for entrepreneurs: angel investors, venture capitalists, and bank financing. Angel investors are wealthy individuals who provide capital to new companies.37 Angel investors may include an entrepreneur’s family and friends, but angel investors are also private individuals who did not know the entrepreneur prior to funding the opportunity. Angel investors have existed for centuries—in fact, in 1903, five angel investors helped Henry Ford launch his auto company with a total of $41,500. Within 15 years, those angels’ investments were worth a whopping $145 million!38 Today, approximately 140,000 angel investors provide about $9 billion in capital to nearly 25,000 new ventures each year.39 Venture capitalists are firms that raise money from investors and then use this money to make investments in new firms. Many prominent companies such as Intel and Microsoft received investments from venture capitalists in their early days. The companies then used these funds to help acquire the resources (i.e., employees, equipment, etc.) that eventually made them the companies they are today. Although the use of venture capital in the United States peaked at about $100 billion during the dot-com frenzy of 1998 to 2000, the venture capital industry today totals nearly $70 billion.40 It is important to note that both angel investors and venture capitalists provide money to entrepreneurs and in return receive a portion of the firm’s equity. In other words, in return for their investment (money) in the entrepreneur’s firm, the entrepreneur gives them partial ownership of the firm. As such, when the entrepreneur’s firm does well and increases in value, the investors’ investments also increase in value. When the entrepreneur’s firm does poorly and decreases in value, the investors’ investments also decrease in value. Although similar, angel investors and venture capitalists differ in a number of significant ways. In contrast to angel investors, venture capitalists make fewer investments, but those investments are often larger than the investments made by angel investors. In fact, the average investment of venture capitalists is approximately $4 million, whereas the average investment of angel investors is about $75,000.41 In addition, venture capitalists typically focus on a small number of industries, whereas angel investors tend not to focus on particular industries. Finally, venture capitalists typically invest in firms after they’ve passed the initial, start-up stage. In other words, angel investors typically provide the initial financing to start-up ventures, and venture capitalists provide additional capital as the new venture becomes established. In sum, angel investors and venture capitalists are sources that entrepreneurs may use to fund new ventures. While different, research suggests that angel investors and venture capitalists have an impact on innovation rates in equivalent ways within entrepreneurial firms.42 Whether an entrepreneur obtains funding from an angel investor or from a venture capitalist, however, it is important to note that such relationships present specific challenges that entrepreneurs must manage.43 Bank financing occurs when an entrepreneur obtains financing from a financial institution in the form of a loan. It is important to note that, unlike angel investors or venture capitalists, banks are not investors. Instead, banks make loans to entrepreneurs and in return expect repayment of the loans with interest. Banks are not concerned with the long-term potential for returns. Instead, they are more interested in ensuring that the entrepreneur’s opportunity survives long enough to ensure loan repayment. In other words, investors typically seek risk, but banks are likely to minimize risk.

Corporate Entrepreneurship 2-7 An appreciation for how existing organizations use corporate entrepreneurship

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 62

Until now, we have focused on entrepreneurial opportunities pursued by individuals or teams of individuals. It is important to note, though, that existing corporations can also identify, evaluate, and exploit opportunities. Corporate entrepreneurship is the process in which an individual or group of individuals in an existing corporation creates a new organization or instigates renewal or innovation within that corporation.44 Although corporate

14/09/18 1:17 PM

CHAPTER 2   Management and Entrepreneurship: Handling Start-Ups and New Ventures



63

PRACTICAL CHALLENGE: RAISING FUNDS

Bohemian Guitars Tests the Waters of Crowdfunding

W

hile venture capitalists grab headlines, many entrepreneurs get by with their own resources plus funds from their social networks. Now crowdfunding may expand those networks. The idea started with Kickstarter and similar websites seeking donations. Entrepreneurs using these networks hope that people will be willing to invest in a business they like in exchange for a share of the profits. However, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) regulates investments and wants to ensure that crowdfunding does not defraud anyone. The SEC has thus been developing rules allowing companies to raise up to $1 million a year from crowdfunding.

Meanwhile, a few states have permitted crowdfunding on a local scale and by state residents. One company taking advantage of this opportunity is Bohemian Guitars. The Georgia start-up, which makes guitars from oilcans, could not get a bank loan but raised more than $100,000 from crowdfunding. Entrepreneurs considering this tactic must publicize the business actively in order to gain a large number of backers. They also need to communicate with their many investors to maintain enthusiasm about the business.45

entrepreneurship often involves establishing new organizations, these new organizations leverage the parent corporation’s assets, market position, or other resources.46 When corporate entrepreneurship results in new companies, these new companies often continue to work closely with the parent company. It is important to recognize that corporate entrepreneurship does not necessarily require creating a new organization. Corporate entrepreneurship, for example, also involves creating new products, services, or technologies. At 3M, engineers can spend as much as 15 percent of their time on projects of their own design. The company believes that this flexibility provides the motivation that engineers need to innovate successfully, possibly leading to new products or services—or new organizations altogether.47 Corporate entrepreneurship can be classified into four general types.48 First, sustained regeneration occurs when firms develop new cultures, processes, or structures to support new product innovations in current markets as well as introduce existing products into new markets. Sustained regeneration is the most frequently used type of corporate entrepreneurship. Second, organizational rejuvenation involves improving a firm’s ability to execute strategies and focuses on new processes instead of new products. GE, for instance, successfully rejuvenated itself by changing policies and procedures within the company to support innovation. Third, strategic renewal occurs when a firm attempts to alter its own competitive strategy. Unlike introducing a new product or service, strategic renewal occurs when the firm tries to offer a brand-new competitive strategy. Of course, it remains quite difficult for a firm to change strategies. Walmart, for example, is facing tremendous difficulties in trying to alter its strategy to focus on more affluent customers.49 Fourth, domain definition occurs when a firm proactively seeks to create a product market position that competitors have not recognized. When pursuing domain definition, firms hope to become the first entrant in a market segment. In such situations, firms will enjoy the benefits of having no competitors. Amazon.com, for example, was one of the first companies to realize the potential of selling books online. It is important to note, though, that first movers do not always succeed. Apple’s Newton, for example, was the first personal digital assistant (PDA), but this product no longer exists. Moreover, Apple’s iPod was not the first digital music player on the market, but today the iPod dominates the marketplace. In sum, there are several general types of corporate entrepreneurship. Despite its importance, not every organization can support corporate entrepreneurship. The success of corporate entrepreneurship efforts depends on many factors, including an organization’s culture, practices, and even tolerance level for uncertainty.50

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 63

14/09/18 1:17 PM

64

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

Social Entrepreneurship 2-8 An understanding of and appreciation for the role of social entrepreneurship in society

Muhammad Yunus launched Grameen Bank to make loans to entrepreneurs in underdeveloped countries.

The discussion of entrepreneurship so far in this chapter has involved individuals or corporations that pursue entrepreneurial opportunities for the purposes of generating sales and profits, which we call commercial entrepreneurship. In recent years, researchers have begun to examine entrepreneurship in a social context. Social entrepreneurship involves the recognition, evaluation, and exploitation of opportunities that create social value as opposed to personal or shareholder wealth.51 In this context, social value refers to the basic, long-standing needs of society and has little to do with profits. Basic, long-standing needs might include providing water, food, and shelter to individuals in need. “Social value” might also refer to more specific needs such as providing playground equipment to needy school districts or Seeing Eye dogs for those who are blind. Recent reports suggest that the growth in nonprofit organizations has increased at a faster pace than the growth of new businesses.52 Muhammad Yunus, an economist turned social entrepreneur, launched one of the world’s most successful nonprofits: Grameen Bank, a microfinance organization. Yunus launched Grameen when he realized that small loans can make a huge difference in the life of an entrepreneur in an underdeveloped country. Grameen Bank advances microloans—and relatively low interest rates—because it is more interested in improving lives than in making money. The winner of the 2006 Nobel Peace Prize, Yunus has also received the Presidential Medal of Freedom, the highest civilian honor in the United States, which is awarded to those whose work has changed the world.53

Baumanntoo B/SIPA/Newscom

How Do Commercial and Social Entrepreneurship Differ?

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 64

Although the two concepts have some similarities, substantive differences distinguish commercial entrepreneurship from social entrepreneurship. In the remainder of this section, we detail three differences with respect to mission, resources, and performance measurement. Perhaps the most fundamental difference between commercial and social entrepreneurship involves the entrepreneur’s mission or purpose. The purpose of commercial entrepreneurship is to create profits, whereas the purpose of social entrepreneurship is to create value for the public. Despite this difference in focus, it is important to note that social entrepreneurs cannot totally ignore issues surrounding sales and costs. If social entrepreneurs did ignore such important concepts, they likely would not have the money needed to continue their pursuit of social value. Even though the goal of social entrepreneurship does not involve profits, social entrepreneurs still need to monitor profit-oriented measures, including revenues and costs. In this sense, then, profits remain somewhat important, but social value dominates the goal structure of social entrepreneurs.54 A second primary distinction between commercial and social entrepreneurship involves the availability of resources such as funding and employees. Unlike commercial entrepreneurs, social entrepreneurs face many difficulties attracting capital from angel investors, venture capitalists, and banks. Instead, most social entrepreneurs rely on donations as sources of funding. Also, social entrepreneurs frequently face difficulties in hiring and compensating employees. Because social entrepreneurs often do not have the capital necessary to pay attractive salaries, they usually must focus on hiring people who share the organization’s purpose. Such people tend to be willing to work

31/10/18 10:56 am

CHAPTER 2   Management and Entrepreneurship: Handling Start-Ups and New Ventures



65

T I P S FO R M A N AG I N G A RO U N D T H E G LO B E

Taking a Global View of Opportunities: One Earth Designs

S

ocial entrepreneurship opens up tremendous opportunities globally because so many unmet needs exist all over the world. Creative thinkers with a passion to do good can apply their talents by traveling and observing what people struggle with. Scot Frank was a Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) student doing an internship in China when he discovered that rural residents of the Himalayan plateau cook and heat their homes with wood and dung. These fuels not only add to air pollution but also create dangerous fumes indoors. Frank decided to apply his engineering skills to improve their cooking methods.

Back home, Frank worked with other MIT students to design a lightweight, low-maintenance, solar-powered cooker. Its shining panels, which look like a satellite dish, concentrate the sun’s rays to create a hot center for cooking. The cooker can also be used for heating and for converting heat to electricity. Frank partnered with Catlin Powers—a Harvard graduate student in environmental health who was investigating the air-quality problems in the same region—to start a business called One Earth Designs. The company has so far sold thousands of cookers, has expanded into 18 countries, and is developing a model suitable for disaster relief.55

for low salaries. In fact, many social entrepreneurs rely on volunteers to help their organizations fulfill their missions. Commercial and social entrepreneurship also differ in terms of performance measures. Commercial entrepreneurs focus on quantitative measures such as profits, shareholder wealth, revenues, and costs. In contrast, social entrepreneurs focus on performance measures that are not related to money. For example, although a soup kitchen needs to monitor costs, its primary performance measure would be the number of meals served. In addition, a free meal may improve the emotional state of someone who is homeless, an outcome that is difficult to quantify.

Success Factors in Social Entrepreneurship Although the topic of social entrepreneurship is fairly new from a research perspective, some studies have looked at the factors that influence the performance of social entrepreneurs.56 In the remainder of this section, we discuss three factors that influence the performance of social entrepreneurs: their networks of relationships, their capital bases, and the public’s acceptance of the new venture. Previously in this chapter, we described the importance of entrepreneurs’ social networks. These networks are also important for social entrepreneurs. Large networks provide social entrepreneurs with potential sources of capital to fund their social missions. In addition, large social networks can help social entrepreneurs identify potential employees and volunteers. In sum, large social networks improve the success of social entrepreneurs. Similar to commercial entrepreneurship, an organization’s capital base is important for social entrepreneurs. In fact, capital is perhaps even more important for social entrepreneurs because they do not have access to the venture capital and bank financing available to commercial entrepreneurs. Consequently, the capital raised through donations and other funding sources is extremely important for the success of social entrepreneurs. Finally, the acceptance of a particular social entrepreneur’s social values influences the success of his or her organization. When a large segment of society supports a social entrepreneur’s cause, the social entrepreneur is likely to obtain the funds and employees or volunteers needed for success. In contrast, when only a small segment of society supports the social entrepreneur’s cause, it is more difficult for the entrepreneur to obtain the necessary resources. For example, the National Association of Parents of the Visually Impaired Children in Israel faced difficulties raising the necessary resources because so few members of society found the organization worthy of support.57

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 65

14/09/18 1:17 PM

66

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY T

he Challenge Case describes how Steven Austin Stovall developed a restaurant called Austin’s Casual Eatery. The story of Stovall’s restaurant provides an example of how entrepreneurs can fine-tune their business or even change it in drastic ways after responding to market demands. Stovall noticed that a tapas restaurant in a small Ohio town was not a viable form for the business, so he changed the direction of the company immediately to ensure the viability of his entrepreneurial venture. Being able to identify an opportunity and respond to it properly is very important for a successful entrepreneur. According to Schumpeter’s classic formulation of opportunities, Austin’s Casual Eatery has done well because it seized the opportunity of creating new products in a market where similar offerings did not exist. The company’s reputation for excellent quality and superb customer service has driven demand for the restaurant’s menu items and has created nearly $1 million in revenue. In starting Austin’s Casual Eatery, Stovall proceeded through the three steps of the entrepreneurial process. He identified an opportunity when he realized that the local restaurant market was primarily serving overly processed and frozen foods rather than madefrom-scratch menu items. Next, he evaluated the opportunity after he understood what was required to open a restaurant. A full evaluation likely included figuring out if the restaurant was practical, gathering specific information on what others in the industry were doing, and deciding whether his restaurant could compete with restaurants already established in the local area. Finally, he exploited the opportunity by renovating an old building, training staff, ordering food, and opening the doors to the public.

As Stovall proceeded through these undertakings, he needed to understand the entrepreneurial risk associated with opening a tapas restaurant in a small midwestern town. If customers didn’t fully embrace the tapas concept of sharing dishes and Stovall continued to operate in this manner, he likely would have been unsuccessful. Therefore, after just one week in business, he completely changed his concept from that of a tapas restaurant to one that served more traditional dishes. However, to ensure diversification from his competitors, he created a system where the menu would change every three months, keeping only those 10 items that sold the best during the prior quarter. When Stovall met with this team to discuss the original failure of the tapas concept, he engaged in collaboration, which is one of the six management employability skills. Collaboration is the ability to work actively with others in accomplishing a task. The task was to determine what concept could replace the tapas idea. Once the direction of the restaurant was determined as a traditional restaurant with a seasonal menu, Stovall collaborated with the general manager and anyone else on the team who had ideas for a menu offering as the seasons change. An entrepreneur must be able to adapt and change according to market pressures. As Stovall discovered the challenges of managing a large restaurant, he made those changes that ensured the company’s survival. Obviously, he also took on significant risk by starting a restaurant in the first place. It is expensive, and it is an industry replete with failures. He also risked the business by changing the concept so quickly after opening from a tapas restaurant to one that offers appetizers and entrées. Overall, though, it appears that those risks were exactly the ones that needed to be taken to keep the restaurant prosperous.

MyLab Management Assessing Your Management Skill If your instructor has assigned this activity, go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the exercise related to the Challenge Case.

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 66

14/09/18 1:17 PM



CHAPTER 2   Management and Entrepreneurship: Handling Start-Ups and New Ventures

67

D E V E LO P I N G E N T R E P R E N E U R S H I P S K I L L This section is specially designed to help you develop entrepreneurship skills. An individual’s entrepreneurship skill is based on an understanding of the concepts and the ability to apply those concepts. The following activities will help to enhance your entrepreneurship skills in various organizational situations.

Class Preparation and Personal Study To help you prepare for class, perform the activities outlined in this section. Performing these activities will help you enhance your classroom performance significantly.

Reflecting on Target Skill On page 54, this chapter opens by presenting a target management skill along with a list of related objectives outlining knowledge and understanding that you should aim to acquire related to that skill. Review this target skill and the list of objectives to make sure that you’ve acquired all pertinent information within the chapter. If you do not feel that you’ve reached a particular objective(s), study related chapter coverage until you do.

Know Key Terms Understanding the following key terms is critical to your understanding of chapter material. Define each of these terms. Refer to the page(s) referenced after a term to check your definition or to gain further insight regarding the term. entrepreneurship  56 entrepreneurial opportunity  56 entrepreneur  57 entrepreneurial alertness  58 information asymmetry  58 social network  58 cross-cultural experience  59 feasibility analysis  59 entrepreneurial risk  59 downside loss  59 law of small numbers  60 illusion of control  60 exploitation  60 angel investors  62 venture capitalists  62 bank financing  62 corporate entrepreneurship  62 sustained regeneration  63

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 67

organizational rejuvenation  63 strategic renewal  63 domain definition  63 commercial entrepreneurship  64 social entrepreneurship  64 social value  64

Know How Management Concepts Relate This section comprises activities that will further sharpen your understanding of management concepts. Answer these essay questions as completely as possible. 2-1 Describe the differences between opportunity identification and opportunity exploitation. 2-2 Describe the main components of social entrepreneurship, and describe how social entrepreneurship differs from commercial entrepreneurship. 2-3 Describe the different types of corporate entrepreneurship and provide examples of each.

14/09/18 1:17 PM

68

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

Management Skills Exercises Learning activities in this section are aimed at helping you to develop entrepreneurship skills.

MyLab Management   Discussion Questions Go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the problems marked with this icon .

Cases Professor Becomes Restaurateur “Professor Becomes Restaurateur” and its related Challenge Case Summary were written to help you understand the management concepts contained in this chapter. Answer the following discussion questions about the introductory case to explore how fundamental management concepts can be applied to a company such as Austin’s Casual Eatery. 2-4 Discuss the opportunities that Steven Austin Stovall observed in the local restaurant market. How did he evaluate and exploit those opportunities? 2-5 How risky was Stovall’s move to change the entire concept of the restaurant just one week after opening? What could have gone wrong? 2-6 Describe Stovall’s entrepreneurial alertness. How did it help or hurt his business? 2-7 Which management employability skill or skills did Stovall demonstrate in this case?

How Part-Time Work Became a $40 Million Business Called Drybar Read the case and answer the questions that follow. Studying this case will help you better understand how concepts relating to entrepreneurship can be applied in a company such as Drybar. After her children were born, Alli Webb wanted to work part time. She decided to apply her training and experience as a hairstylist to offer services in clients’ homes. Her additional background in publicity would help her build the business by word of mouth. Webb also identified an opportunity: She would focus on providing only “blowouts,” washing and blow-drying the client’s hair. This method delivers a great look at a lower cost—and at a lower price for the client—than having hair dyed, cut, or permed. People loved the idea, and soon Webb had more jobs than she could handle on her own, although she now admits that the earnings barely covered her costs. Still, Webb persevered; the toughest management challenge was finding enough money to keep up with the growth in demand. Her first step in expansion was to form

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 68

a corporation, Drybar Holdings, and open a shop in Brentwood, an upscale part of Los Angeles. Webb and her husband tapped into their own savings and approached Webb’s brother, Michael Landau, about investing $250,000. They determined that, for the idea to succeed, the salon would need to attract at least 20 to 30 customers per day. In fact, within the first few hours of opening, the salon was booked solid for six weeks. Landau was on board, and additional family and friends later invested a total of $1 million in the business. The company’s continued success then attracted $2.5 million from angel investors and later $21 million from a private-equity firm. With that funding, Drybar has grown to 32 salons, $40 million in annual revenues, and 2,000 employees, including stylists— a departure from most salons, where stylists are independent contractors. On average, each salon provides 60 to 100 blowouts every day, with many repeat customers who have discovered what an affordable luxury a 40-minute, $40 blowout can be. The high number of blowouts helps make each shop more profitable than a traditional hair salon would be. Now that Drybar is a big company, Webb’s role has changed. Whereas she first built her business on her skill as a stylist, she now uses that knowledge to establish and monitor standards for her employees. She also established detailed requirements for the design of each salon and the ways stylists should interact with their customers. One feature of a Drybar blowout, for example, involves clients sitting so that they face away from the mirrors. When the blow-drying is done, the stylist whirls the client’s chair around so that the client has the thrill of seeing the finished hairdo in all its glory. Webb also led the creation of a line of Drybar hair care products, using feedback from her stylists to guide the products’ development. Managing the business has affected Drybar’s other founders as well. Webb, her husband (who used his advertising experience to become the company’s creative director), and her brother (who applied his business experience from Yahoo! and leadership of a marketing firm to the role of Drybar CEO) could not run a multimillion-dollar business on their own. Drybar therefore hired John Heffner, whose experience in consumer goods includes a position as president of OPI Products, a maker of nail care products, to be Drybar’s new CEO. However, Drybar’s success has led to a new kind of risk: Others see the intense demand for the blowout procedure, so competitors, including chains such as Blo and DreamDry, are entering the market. Webb’s strategy is to continue focusing on high-quality service to maintain the advantage of being the first to enter the business.58

Questions 2-8 What kind of opportunity did Alli Webb identify? How did entrepreneurial alertness, information asymmetry, and social networks shape her success?

14/09/18 1:17 PM



CHAPTER 2   Management and Entrepreneurship: Handling Start-Ups and New Ventures

2-9 What kinds of entrepreneurial risks has Webb faced? How will greater competition affect the level of risk? 2-10 What role has financing played in Drybar’s success? What other sources of financing could Webb and her management team consider?

Experiential Exercises Conducting a Feasibility Analysis Directions. Read the following scenario and then perform the listed activities. Your instructor may want you to perform the activities as an individual or within groups. Follow all of your instructor’s directions carefully. A friend of yours who attends your university has come to you with an idea she’s been thinking about. She wants to open a new hair salon or barbershop on campus that would cater exclusively to students, faculty, and staff. She wants your opinion about the viability of this proposal. Prepare a short, one- to two-page feasibility analysis where you answer the following questions: Is there a demand on campus for this business? Is there any competition? What qualifications would your friend need to be successful?

69

company since it started serving breakfast in the 1970s. Sonic has also started selling coffee-based beverages in addition to the many shakes and fruit slushes already on the menu. KFC would like you to identify, evaluate, and form methods of exploitation for the company regarding selling drinks. Answer the following questions pertaining to the entrepreneurship process. 2-11 Identify a specific opportunity in the marketplace regarding drinks. It could be a new drink, a new line of drinks, a new type of retail outlet, or another type of opportunity.

2-12 Evaluate this opportunity using feasibility analysis. In particular, focus on how customers might respond to the new opportunity, indicate how industry competitors are already exploiting this opportunity, and describe KFC’s ability to exploit this opportunity.

You and Your Career Which type of person makes a better employee? Which is more attractive: a candidate with a traditional résumé of moving from job to job or one who has entrepreneurial experience? Assume a hiring manager has two candidates to choose between. The position is in sales for a leading consumer products company. One candidate has five years of experience at a competing firm in sales. The other has five years of experience as an entrepreneur for a small company that sold refurbished laptops and computers. Other than this difference, both have identical backgrounds and education. Develop a list of pros and cons for each candidate with regard to their merits for filling the open position.

Building Your Management Skills Portfolio Your Management Skills Portfolio is a collection of activities specially designed to demonstrate your management knowledge and skill. Be sure to save your work. Taking your printed portfolio to an employment interview could be helpful in obtaining a job. The portfolio activity for this chapter is Serving Up Drinks at KFC. Study the information given here and complete the exercises that follow. Top managers at KFC have contacted you to help them enhance their business. In particular, executives at KFC worry that the company’s focus on food means that it is not making as much profit as it could if it increased sales of drinks. Given the success of companies such as Starbucks, some of KFC’s competitors, such as McDonald’s, are changing their menus to compete more effectively with Starbucks. McDonald’s claims that its new line of espresso drinks represents the most significant menu change for the

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 69

2-13 What specific steps should KFC take to exploit this opportunity? Does the company have enough money to follow your suggestion(s) easily, or should the company pursue financing options?

MyLab Management   Writing Assignments If your instructor has assigned this activity, go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management for the following assisted-graded writing assignments: Assisted-Grading Questions 2-14 Describe the main components of entrepreneurship. 2-15 Distinguish among the different types of opportunities.

Endnotes 1. Audrey Ingram, “Local Professor to Open Downtown Restaurant,” Wilmington News Journal, July 18, 2013, A1. 2. Scott Shane and S. Venkataraman, “The Promise of Entrepreneurship as a Field of Research,” Journal of Management 25, no. 1 (2000): 217–226. 3. Webster’s College Dictionary (New York: Random House, 1996). 4. Scott Shane, “Prior Knowledge and the Discovery of Entrepreneurial Opportunities,” Organization Science 11, no. 4 (2000): 448–469. See also

14/09/18 1:17 PM

PART 1  Introduction to Modern Management

70

5.

6. 7.

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

16. 17.

18.

19. 20.

21.

J. C. Short, D. J. Ketchen, C. L. Shook, and R. D. Ireland, “The Concept of ‘Opportunity’ in Entrepreneurship Research: Past Accomplishments and Future Challenges,” Journal of Management 36 (2010): 40–65; “Characteristics of an Entrepreneur,” http://www .scribd.com/doc/18197794, accessed May 10, 2012. Robert Fairlie, E. J. Reedy, Arnobio Morelix, and Joshual Russell, “Kaufman Index Startup Activity,” Ewing Marion Kauffman Foundation (2016), http://www.kauffman.org/kauffman-index/ reports/~/media/a146c78b9b254cbe8b9cb2e507ce5537.ashx, accessed April 17, 2017. Scott Shane and S. Venkataraman, “The Promise of Entrepreneurship as a Field of Research,” Journal of Management 25, no. 1 (2000): 217–226. Based on data from Matthew Hayward, Dean Shepherd, and Dale Griffin, “A Hubris Theory of Entrepreneurship,” Management Science 52, no. 2 (2006): 160–172; H. G. Parsa, John Self, David Njite, and Tiffany King, “Why Restaurants Fail,” Cornell Hotel and Restaurant Administration Quarterly 46, no. 3 (2005): 304–322; Scott A. Shane, “Failure Is a Constant in Entrepreneurship,” New York Times, July 17, 2009, http://boss.blogs.nytimes.com. Bureau of Labor Statistics, “Entrepreneurship and the U.S. Economy,” https://www.bls.gov/bdm/entrepreneurship/bdm_chart3 .htm, accessed April 17, 2017. M. Fritsch and J. Changoluisa, “New Business Formation and the Productivity of Manufacturing Incumbents: Effects and Mechanisms,” Journal of Business Venturing 32 (2017): 237–259. A. C. Cooper and C. M. Daily, “Entrepreneurial Teams,” in D. L. Sexton and R. W. Smilor, eds., Entrepreneurship (Chicago: Upstart Publishing Company, 2000), 127–150. G. N. Chandler and S. H. Hanks, “An Examination of the Substitutability of the Founders’ Human and Financial Capital in Emerging Business Ventures,” Journal of Business Venturing 13 (1998): 353–369. D. Ucbasaran, A. Lockett, M. Wright, and P. Westhead, “Entrepreneurial Founder Teams: Factors Associated with Member Entry and Exit,” Entrepreneurship Theory & Practice (2003): 107–128. C. M. Beckman, M. D. Burton, and C. O’Reilly, “Early Teams: The Impact of Team Demography on VC Financing and Going Public,” Journal of Business Venturing 22 (2007): 147–173. This discussion is based on J. Schumpeter, Capitalism, Socialism, and Democracy (New York: Harper & Row, 1934). Joanne Silberner and Renee Montagne, “Coronary Stent Procedures Very Common,” National Public Radio, transcript, http://www.npr .org, accessed February 12, 2010; A. Weintraub, “Heart Trouble,” BusinessWeek (October 29, 2007): 54. Jonathan Eckhardt and Scott Shane, “Opportunities and Entrepreneurship,” Journal of Management 29, no. 3 (2003): 333–349. Scott Shane, “Prior Knowledge and the Discovery of Entrepreneurial Opportunities,” Organization Science 11, no. 4 (2000): 448–469; S. Venkataraman, “The Distinctive Domain of Entrepreneurship Research: An Editor’s Perspective,” in J. Katz and R. Brockhaus, eds., Advances in Entrepreneurship, Firm Emergence, and Growth (Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1999). Alexander Ardichvili, Richard Cardozo, and Sourav Ray, “A Theory of Entrepreneurial Identification and Development,” Journal of Business Venturing 18 (2003): 105–123; J. Tang, K. M. Kacmar, and L. Busenitz, “Entrepreneurial Alertness in the Pursuit of New Opportunities,” Journal of Business Venturing 27, no. 1 (2012): 77–94. David E. Gumpert, “An Amish Entrepreneur’s Old-Fashioned Approach,” BusinessWeek, http://www.businessweek.com, accessed April 20, 2010. Alexander Ardichvili, Richard Cardozo, and Sourav Ray, “A Theory of Entrepreneurial Identification and Development,” Journal of Business Venturing 18 (2003): 105–123; Scott Shane and S. Venkataraman, “The Promise of Entrepreneurship as a Field of Research,” Journal of Management 25, no. 1 (2000): 217–226. G. Hills, G. T. Lumpkin, and R. P. Singh, “Opportunity Recognition: Perceptions and Behaviors of Entrepreneurs,” Frontiers of Entrepreneurship Research (Wellesley, MA: Babson College, 1997), 203–218. For a more detailed discussion of opportunity recognition, see J. Pierre-Andre and I. P. Vaghely, “Are Opportunities Recognized or Constructed? An Information Perspective on Entrepreneurial Opportunity Identification,” Journal of Business Venturing 25, no. 1 (2010): 73–86.

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 70

22. Alexander Ardichvili, Richard Cardozo, and Sourav Ray, “A Theory of Entrepreneurial Identification and Development,” Journal of Business Venturing 18 (2003): 105–123. 23. P. Vandor and N. Franke, “See Paris and . . . Found a Business? The Impact of Cross-Cultural Experience on Opportunity Recognition Capabilities,” Journal of Business Venturing 31 (2016): 388–407. 24. Scott Shane, “Selling University Technology: Patterns from MIT,” Management Science 48, no. 1 (2002): 122–137. 25. Andrew Corbett, “Experiential Learning within the Process of Opportunity Identification and Exploitation,” Entrepreneurship Theory & Practice (2005): 473–491. 26. M. Csikszentmihalyi, Creativity (New York: HarperCollins, 1996). For more on how information exposure influences how entrepreneurs evaluate opportunities, see E. Autio, L. Dahlander, and L. Frederiksen, “Information Exposure, Opportunity Evaluation, and Entrepreneurial Action: An Investigation of an Online User Community,” Academy of Management Journal 56 (2013): 1348–1371. 27. For more information on feasibility analysis, see R. G. Wyckham and W. C. Wedley, “Factors Related to Venture Feasibility Analysis and Business Plan Preparation,” Journal of Small Business Management 28 (1990): 48–59. 28. Sarah E. Needleman, “Before Launching a Venture, Sample the Waters,” Wall Street Journal, February 8, 2014, http://online.wsj.com; “The Experts: What’s the Best Way to Test a New Business Idea?” Wall Street Journal, April 29, 2013, http://online.wsj.com; Janine Popick, “Got New Ideas? Test Them at a Trade Show,” Inc., November 4, 2013, http://www.inc.com. 29. This section based on H. T. Keh, M. D. Foo, and B. C. Lim, “Opportunity Evaluation under Risky Conditions: The Cognitive Processes of Entrepreneurs,” Entrepreneurship Theory & Practice (2002): 125–148. 30. For an exception, see L. W. Busenitz and J. B. Barney, “Differences between Entrepreneurs and Managers in Large Organizations: Biases and Heuristics in Strategic Decision Making,” Journal of Business Venturing 12, no. 1 (1997): 9–30. 31. E. J. Langer, “The Illusion of Control,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 32, no. 2 (1975): 311–328. 32. Clark G. Gilbert and Matthew J. Eyring, “Beating the Odds When You Launch a New Venture,” Harvard Business Review, http://hbr.org, accessed May 2010. 33. Young Rok Choi and Dean Shepherd, “Entrepreneurs’ Decisions to Exploit Opportunities,” Journal of Management 30, no. 3 (2004): 377–395. 34. Kara Ohngren, “Business Spotlight: Advantage Fitness Products,” Entrepreneur, http://blog.entrepreneur.com, accessed February 26, 2010. 35. This discussion is based on Young Rok Choi and Dean Shepherd, “Entrepreneurs’ Decisions to Exploit Opportunities,” Journal of Management 30, no. 3 (2004): 377–395. 36. For a review of top management teams, see S. T. Certo, R. H. Lester, C. M. Dalton, and D. R. Dalton, “Top Management Team Demographics, Strategy, and Financial Performance: A Meta-Analytic Review,” Journal of Management Studies 43 (2006): 813–839. 37. Stephen G. Morrissette, “A Profile of Angel Investors,” Journal of Private Equity 10, no. 3 (2007): 52–66. 38. R. J. Gaston, Finding Private Venture Capital for Your Firm: A Complete Guide (New York: John Wiley, 1989). 39. “Angel Investor,” definition, http://www.investorwords.com, last modified 2010, accessed May 4, 2010; “Finding Venture Capital or Angel Investors,” About.com, Small Business Information, November 9, 2009, http://sbinformation.about.com; University of New Hampshire Center for Venture Research, “Angel Investor Market Declines in First Half of 2009,” press release, http://wsbe .unh.edu, accessed October 27, 2009. 40. KPMG Enterprise, “Venture Pulse Q4 2016: Global Analysis of Venture Funding,” https://assets.kpmg.com/content/dam/kpmg/xx/ pdf/2017/01/venture-pulse-q4-2016-report.pdf, accessed April 19, 2017. 41. Stephen G. Morrissette, “A Profile of Angel Investors,” Journal of Private Equity 10, no. 3 (2007): 52–66. 42. S. Dutta and T. B. Folta, A comparison of the effects of angels and venture capitalists on innovation and value creation Journal of Business Venturing 31 (2016): 39–54. 43. William Kerr, “Venture Financing and Entrepreneurial Success,” Harvard Business Review, http://blogs.hbr.org, accessed May 12, 2010.

14/09/18 1:17 PM



CHAPTER 2   Management and Entrepreneurship: Handling Start-Ups and New Ventures

44. P. Sharma and J. J. Chrisman, “Toward a Reconciliation of the Definitional Issues in the Field of Corporate Entrepreneurship,” Entrepreneurship Theory & Practice 23, no. 3 (1999): 11–27; R. Fini, R. Grimaldi, G. L. Marzocchi, and M. Sobrero, “The Determinants of Corporate Entrepreneurial Intention within Small and Newly Established Firms,” Entrepreneurship Theory & Practice 36, no. 2 (2012): 387, 414. 45. Andrew Ackerman, “SEC Moves Ahead with ‘Crowdfunding’ Proposal,” Wall Street Journal, October 23, 2013, http://online.wsj.com; Ruth Simon and Angus Loten, “‘Crowdfunding’ Gets State-Level Test Run,” Wall Street Journal, December 4, 2013, http://online.wsj .com; Caitlin Huston, “How to Prepare for Crowdfunding,” Wall Street Journal, February 3, 2014, http://online.wsj.com. 46. R. C. Wolcott and M. J. Lippitz, “The Four Models of Corporate Entrepreneurship,” MIT Sloan Management Review (2007): 75–82. 47. Ibid. 48. The discussion of these forms of corporate entrepreneurship is based on J. G. Covin and M. P. Miles, “Corporate Entrepreneurship and the Pursuit of Competitive Advantage,” Entrepreneurship Theory & Practice 23, no. 3 (1999): 47–63; D. F. Kuratko, J. S. Hornsby, and J. G. Covin, “Diagnosing a Firm’s Internal Environment for Corporate Entrepreneurship,” Business Horizons 57, no. 1 (2013): 37–47. 49. M. Troy, “Wal-Mart Tries on Fashionable New Look,” DSN Retailing Today 45, no. 7 (April 10, 2006): 3–4. 50. Claran Heavey, Zeki Simsek, Frank Roche, and Aidan Kelly, “Decision Comprehensiveness and Corporate Entrepreneurship: The Moderating Role of Managerial Uncertainty Preferences and Environmental Dynamism,” Journal of Management Studies 46, no. 8 (August 2009): 1289–1314. 51. J. Austin, H. Stevenson, and J. Wei-Skillern, “Social and Commercial Entrepreneurship: Same, Different, or Both?,” Entrepreneurship Theory & Practice (2006): 1–22. 52. Ibid.

M02_CERT5193_15_GE_C02.indd 71

71

53. A. Daniels, “Respecting Your Business’s Ethics Policy,” Entrepreneur, November 2002, http://www.entrepreneur.com/article/56740; Grameen Bank, “Professor Yunus Receives Presidential Medal of Freedom,” http://www.grameen-info.org, accessed May 5, 2010. 54. A. M. Peredo and M. McLean, “Social Entrepreneurship: A Critical Review of the Concept,” Journal of World Business 41 (2006): 56–65. See also S. Estrin, T. Mickiewicz, and U. Stephan, “Human Capital in Social and Commercial Entrepreneurship,” Journal of Business Venturing 31 (2016): 449–467. 55. Rob Matheson, “Cooking Up Innovation,” MIT News Office, June 23, 2013, http://web.mit.edu; One Earth Designs, “About,” http:// www.oneearthdesigns.com, accessed February 27, 2014; Katie Hammer, “Removing Indoor Pollution,” Harvard Gazette, August 21, 2013, http://news.harvard.edu/gazette; Liyan Chen, “B Lab Announced ‘Best for the World’ Company List,” Inc., April 17, 2013, http://www.inc.com; Unreasonable Institute, “Our Network: All Fellows, Scot Frank, Fellow 2011,” http://unreasonableinstitute.org, accessed February 27, 2014; Randall Lane, “30 under 30: Social Entrepreneurs,” Forbes, December 17, 2012, http://www.forbes.com. 56. M. Sharir and M. Lerner, “Gauging the Success of Social Ventures Initiated by Individual Social Entrepreneurs,” Journal of World Business 41 (2006): 6–20. 57. Ibid. 58. Caitlin Huston, “Hair Chain Drybar Finds Niche in Affordable Luxury,” Wall Street Journal, November 21, 2013, http://online.wsj.com; Meghan Casserly, “Drybar: How One Woman and a Hair Dryer Became a $20 Million Operation,” Forbes, November 1, 2012, http:// www.forbes.com; Kate Rockwood, “Most Creative People 2013: 35 Alli Webb, Founder, Drybar,” Fast Company, June 2013, http://www .fastcompany.com; Drybar, “About Us: Meet Alli Webb and the Team at Drybar,” http://www.thedrybar.com, accessed February 27, 2014.

14/09/18 1:17 PM

3

Society, Ethics, and Sustainability TA R G E T S K I L L Social Responsibility Skill: the ability to take action that protects and improves both the welfare of society and the interests of the organization

S O C I A L R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y S K I L L A N D YO U R C A R E E R Social responsibility skill can be of great value to you in enhancing your management career. For example, this skill can help you build loyal customers within the community that you serve. Enhanced customer loyalty will contribute to organizational success, build your image as a competent manager, make you valuable to your organization, and support promotions as you build your career.

OBJECTIVES To help build my social responsibility skill, when studying this chapter, I will attempt to acquire: 3-1 A thorough understanding of the term social responsibility

3-4 Thoughts on how to meet philanthropy challenges

3-2 Insights about the social responsiveness of an organization

3-5 Ways for building sustainable organizations

3-3 Insights for meeting social audit challenges

3-6 An appreciation for the role that ethics plays in management

MyLab Management Chapter Warm Up If your instructor has assigned this activity, go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the chapter warm up. 72

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 72

14/09/18 5:18 PM

CHALLENGE CASE IKEA Builds on Its Commitment to the Environment ollege students furnishing apartments, young couples setting up housekeeping, and working adults trying to stretch their earnings flock to IKEA for furniture and household goods. Most customers visit IKEA stores and select items packed in flat cartons for easy assembly at home, although a growing number purchase from the retailer’s website. IKEA’s main attraction is the array of beautifully designed items that are tailored to fit smaller spaces and are priced affordably. IKEA’s managers see the company as much more than a furniture store, however. They have a vision: “to create a better everyday life for the many people.” Creating a better everyday life includes enabling people to buy items that make their surroundings beautiful and functional. It also includes taking responsibility for the company’s impact on the larger world. IKEA expresses that commitment in its management decisions. One of those decisions was the appointment of Steve Howard as IKEA Group’s chief sustainability officer. Howard is responsible for reducing IKEA’s negative impact on the environment and increasing the ways the company cares for the environment. For example, the company constantly looks for ways to reduce packaging, both the size of cartons and the amount of materials used in packaging. These changes lower shipping costs by reducing the paper, wood, and fossil fuels used in transportation. Better planning of distribution, such as shipping items directly to stores instead of to regional warehouses, also lowers the use of transportation resources. IKEA is also cutting its use of energy in factories and stores. By constructing energyefficient buildings and installing solar panels and efficient lighting, the company is pursuing a goal of producing as much energy from renewable sources as it consumes from all sources by 2020. Under Howard’s leadership, IKEA extends its concern about the environment to relationships with its suppliers. The company has established a supplier code of conduct in which, for example, it forbids child labor. Employees also help suppliers reduce their use of energy, water, pesticides, and other resources—changes that help the suppliers become more efficient. IKEA’s managers see the company’s role as a corporate citizen extending beyond environmental issues. Acting on the belief that the company has “a responsibility to help build a better future and have a positive impact,” the

Jonathan Saruk/Getty Images

C

Steve Howard, IKEA Group’s chief sustainability officer, is responsible for reducing IKEA’s negative impact on the environment and increasing the ways the company cares for the environment. company established the IKEA Foundation, which partners with organizations such as the World Wildlife Fund (WWF) to promote sustainable forestry and the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR; also known as the UN Refugee Agency) to provide relief to displaced persons. IKEA’s experience in innovative design allows the company to give helpful advice about challenges such as how to house refugees or provide lighting where electricity is unavailable (for instance, it can provide solar-powered lamps). All of these efforts relate to the management employability skill of ethics and social responsibility. Howard and other managers at IKEA are using appropriate guiding principles to influence the way individuals and the organization behave within the society in which IKEA operates. Can a business thrive by pursuing goals beyond profits? IKEA’s commitment to social responsibility encourages innovation that gives the company a competitive edge. When IKEA saves money by using resources wisely (efficient lighting alone saves more than $20 million a year), it passes on some of the savings to consumers, thereby cementing its position as an affordable place to shop. Helping suppliers save money strengthens those business relationships. IKEA has enjoyed growing revenues, market share, and profits even in regions struggling with economic stagnation. No wonder Howard calls sustainability the “future of business.”1

 73

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 73

14/09/18 5:18 PM

74

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

THE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY CHALLENGE The Challenge Case illustrates social responsibility, sustainability, and ethics issues related to managing IKEA. The remaining material in this chapter explains social responsibility concepts and helps develop the corresponding social responsibility skill you will need to meet such challenges throughout your career. After studying chapter concepts, read the Challenge Case Summary at the end of the chapter to help you relate chapter content to meeting social responsibility challenges at IKEA.

Managers strive to accomplish organizational goals. The way in which managers accomplish those goals, however, is extremely important. Contemporary management theory emphasizes that managers, in accomplishing goals, should be good corporate citizens. A manager who is a good corporate citizen is committed to building an organization’s local community and environment as a vital part of managing. This chapter focuses on how managers can be good corporate citizens by upholding the principles of corporate social responsibility. Discussion begins by covering the fundamentals of social responsibility, the target skill for this chapter.

Fundamentals of Social Responsibility 3-1 A thorough understanding of the term social responsibility

The term social responsibility, also referred to in the management literature as corporate social responsibility, means different things to different people. For the purposes of this chapter, however, social responsibility is the managerial obligation to take action that protects and improves both the welfare of society as a whole and the interests of the organization. According to the concept of social responsibility, a manager must strive to achieve societal as well as organizational goals.2 This obligation is important for managers worldwide, including those in emerging economies.3 Michael E. Campbell is the top manager at Arch Chemicals.4 Campbell has thoroughly explained how his company focuses on social responsibility through its production of water sanitization products. According to Campbell, water supplies are undergoing extreme swings in developed and underdeveloped countries around the globe due to violent storms and floods. Campbell believes that water shortages are increasing and in the near future will affect more than 450 million people. Also, according to Campbell, even when water is available, it is not unusual to find water sources that are too contaminated for people to drink without the risk of serious illness. Following the spirit of the social responsibility concept, Campbell emphasized that by considering both human need and, someday at least, profits, companies in the chemical industry are beginning to develop a wide range of technologies that can help secure safe drinking water for the world’s poor. The amount of attention given to the area of social responsibility by both management and society has increased in recent years and probably will continue to increase.5 The following sections present the fundamentals of businesses’ social responsibility by discussing these topics: 1. Areas of social responsibility 2. Varying opinions on social responsibility 3. Conclusions about the performance of social responsibility activities by business

Areas of Social Responsibility The areas in which business can act to protect and improve the welfare of society are numerous and diverse. Perhaps the most publicized of these areas are urban affairs, consumer affairs, community volunteerism, and employment practices. The one area that is arguably receiving the most attention currently is the area of ecology conservation, popularly called “going green.”6 An international effort sponsored by the United Nations is currently under way and growing to get large companies to start thinking seriously about ecosystems and how to maintain them. And

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 74

14/09/18 5:18 PM



CHAPTER 3   Society, Ethics, and Sustainability 

75

companies are responding. For example, the Coca-Cola Company is exploring ways to maintain its bottling operation in India without using underground water; the Mohawk Home Company is developing a new line of bathroom rugs with all-natural fibers;7 and Kellogg’s is developing environmentally sensitive products, such as its organic Rice Krispies.8 Pressure groups are also springing up to persuade companies to “go green.” One such group, The Center for Health, Environment, and Justice, was founded and is led by grassroots leader Lois Gibbs.

Varying Opinions on Social Responsibility Although numerous businesses are already involved in social responsibility activities, much controversy remains about whether such involvement is necessary or even appropriate. The following two sections present some arguments for and against businesses performing social responsibility activities.9

Arguments for Business Performing Social Responsibility Activities 

Probably the best-known argument for the performance of social responsibility activities by business begins with the premise that business, as a whole, is a subset of society, one that exerts a significant impact on the way society exists. Because business is such an influential member of society, the argument continues, it has the responsibility to help maintain and improve the overall welfare of society.10 If society already puts this responsibility on its individual members, why should its corporate members be exempt? In addition, some people argue that business should perform social responsibility activities because profitability and growth go hand in hand with responsible treatment of employees, customers, and the community. This argument says, essentially, that performing social responsibility activities is a means of earning greater organizational profit. Researchers continue to study the relationship between social responsibility and revenue growth.11 However, empirical studies have not yet demonstrated a definitive relationship between social responsibility and profitability. In fact, several companies that have been acknowledged leaders in social commitment—including Control Data Corporation, Atlantic Richfield, DaytonHudson, Levi Strauss, and Polaroid—have simultaneously experienced serious financial difficulties.12 No direct relationship between social responsibility activities and these financial difficulties was shown, however.

Arguments against Business Performing Social Responsibility Activities  The best-known argument against business performing social responsibility

activities was advanced by Milton Friedman, one of America’s most distinguished economists. Friedman argued that making business managers responsible simultaneously to business owners for reaching profit objectives and to society for enhancing societal welfare sets up a conflict of interest that could potentially cause the demise of business as it is known today. According to Friedman, this demise will almost certainly occur if business is continually forced to perform socially responsible actions that directly conflict with private organizational objectives.13 Friedman also argued that to require business managers to pursue socially responsible objectives may, in fact, be unethical because doing so compels managers to spend money on some individuals that rightfully belongs to other individuals. Following Friedman’s argument, a corporate executive is an employee of a business and is directly responsible to owners of that business. Overall, this responsibility is to conduct business in ways desired by the owners. Usually, owners desire to maximize profit while following the basic rules of society, which reflect both laws and ethical customs. When managers reduce profit, they are spending owners’ money. When managers raise prices of products, they are spending customers’ money.14 An example that Friedman might have used to illustrate his argument is the Control Data Corporation. Former chairperson William Norris involved Control Data in many socially responsible programs that cost the company millions of dollars—from building plants in the inner city and employing a minority workforce to researching farming on the Alaskan tundra. When Control Data began to incur net losses of millions of dollars in the mid-1980s, critics blamed Norris’s “do-gooder” mentality. Eventually, a new chairperson was installed to restructure the company and return it to profitability.15

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 75

14/09/18 5:18 PM

76

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

TABLE 3.1 

Primary Functions of Several Federal Agencies That Enforce Social Responsibility Legislation

Federal Agency

Primary Agency Functions

Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC)

Investigates and conciliates employment discrimination complaints that are based on race, sex, or creed.

Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs

Ensures that employers holding federal contracts grant equal employment opportunity to people regardless of their race or sex.

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)

Formulates and enforces environmental standards in areas such as water, air, and noise pollution.

Consumer Product Safety Commission

Strives to reduce consumer misunderstanding of manufacturers’ product design, labeling, and so on by promoting clarity of these messages.

Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)

Regulates safety and health conditions in nongovernment workplaces.

National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)

Attempts to reduce traffic accidents through the regulation of transportation-related manufacturers and products.

Mining Enforcement and Safety Administration

Attempts to improve safety conditions for mine workers by enforcing all mine safety and equipment standards.

Conclusions about the Performance of Social Responsibility Activities by Business The preceding sections presented several major arguments for and against businesses performing social responsibility activities. Regardless of which argument or combination of arguments particular managers embrace, they generally should make a concerted effort to do the following: 1. Perform all legally required social responsibility activities. 2. Consider voluntarily performing social responsibility activities beyond those legally required. 3. Inform all relevant individuals of the extent to which the organization will become involved in performing social responsibility activities.

Performing Required Social Responsibility Activities  Federal legislation requires that businesses perform certain social responsibility activities. In fact, several government agencies have been established expressly to enforce such business-related legislation (see Table 3.1). The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), for instance, has the authority to require businesses to adhere to certain socially responsible environmental standards. Examples of specific legislation requiring the performance of social responsibility activities are the Equal Pay Act of 1963, the Equal Employment Opportunity Act of 1972, the Highway Safety Act of 1978, and the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990. Voluntarily Performing Social Responsibility Activities  Adherence to

legislated social responsibilities is the minimum standard of social responsibility performance that business managers must achieve. Managers must ask themselves, however, how far beyond the minimum they should go. Determining how far to go is a simple process to describe, yet it is difficult and complicated to implement. It entails assessing the positive and negative outcomes of performing social responsibility activities over both the short and the long terms, and then performing only those activities that maximize management system success while making a desirable contribution to the welfare of society. Events at the Sara Lee Bakery plant in New Hampton, Iowa, illustrate how company management can voluntarily take action to protect employees’ health. Many employees at the plant began to develop carpal tunnel syndrome, a debilitating wrist disorder caused by repeated hand motions. Instead of simply having its employees go through physical therapy—and, as the principal

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 76

14/09/18 5:18 PM

CHAPTER 3   Society, Ethics, and Sustainability 



77

Communicating the Degree of Social Responsibility Involvement  Deter-

Allen Eyestone/ZUMA Press Inc/Alamy Stock Photo

employer in the town, watching the morale of the town drop—Sara Lee thoroughly investigated the problem. Managers took suggestions from factory workers and had their engineers design tools to alleviate the problem. The result was a virtual elimination of carpal tunnel syndrome at the plant within a short time.16

mining the extent to which a business should perform social responsibility activities beyond legal requirements is a subjective process. Despite this subjectivity, however, managers should have a well-defined position in this vital area and should inform all organization members of that position.17 Taking these steps will ensure that managers and organization members behave consistently to support the position and that societal expectations of what a particular organization can achieve in this area are realistic. Nike, the world-famous athletic gear manufacturer, felt so strongly that its corporate philosophy on social responsibility issues should be clearly formulated and communicated that the company created a new position, vice president of corporate and social responsibility. Maria Eitel, a former public relations executive at Microsoft, was hired to fill that position and is now responsible for clearly communicating Nike’s thoughts on social responsibility both inside and outside the organization.18 Overall, managers are facing increasing pressure from stakeholders to be socially responsible. Action that is consistent with socially responsible ideals is commendable, so managers should support social responsibility activities in their organizations. They must clearly communicate to stakeholders, however, that such activities will not take the place of profit maximization but complement it.19

Home Depot employees in the Team Depot program provide disaster relief. This effort communicates the company’s concern for the community, and it is well aligned with Home Depot’s business mission of providing supplies to disasterstricken areas.

Social Responsiveness The previous section discussed social responsibility, a business’s obligation to take action that protects and improves the welfare of society along with the business’s own interests. This section defines and discusses social responsiveness, the degree of effectiveness and efficiency an organization displays in pursuing its social responsibility activities.20 The greater the degree of effectiveness and efficiency, the more socially responsive the organization is said to be. The next two sections address the following issues:

3-2 Insights about the social responsiveness of an organization

1. Determining whether a social responsibility exists 2. Social responsiveness and decision making

Determining Whether a Social Responsibility Exists One challenge facing managers who are attempting to be socially responsive is to determine which specific social obligations are implied by their business situation. Managers in the tobacco industry, for example, are probably socially obligated to contribute to public health by pushing for the development of innovative tobacco products that do less harm to people’s health than present products do, but they are not socially obligated to help reclaim shorelines contaminated by oil spills. Clearly, management has an obligation to be socially responsible toward its stakeholders. A stakeholder is any individual or group that is directly or indirectly affected by an organization’s

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 77

14/09/18 5:18 PM

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

78

TABLE 3.2 

Stakeholders of a Typical Modern Organization and Examples of Social Obligations That Managers Owe to Them

Stakeholder

Social Obligations Owed

Stockholders/owners of the organization

To increase the value of the organization

Suppliers of materials

To deal with them fairly

Banks and other lenders

To repay debts

Government agencies

To abide by laws

Employees and unions

To provide a safe working environment and to negotiate fairly with union representatives

Consumers

To provide safe products

Competitors

To compete fairly and to refrain from restraints of trade

Local communities and society at large

To avoid business practices that harm the environment

decisions.21 Managers of successful organizations typically have many different stakeholders to consider: stockholders, or owners of the organization; suppliers; lenders; government agencies; employees and unions; consumers; competitors; and local communities as well as society at large. Table 3.2 lists these stakeholders and gives a corresponding example of how a manager is socially obligated to each of them.

Social Responsiveness and Decision Making The socially responsive organization that is both effective and efficient meets its social responsibilities without wasting organizational resources in the process. Determining exactly which social responsibilities an organization should pursue and then deciding how to pursue them are the two most critical decisions for an organization to make in order to maintain a high level of social responsiveness within an organization. Figure 3.1 is a flowchart that managers can use as a general guideline for making social responsibility decisions that enhance the social responsiveness of their organizations. This figure implies that for managers to achieve and maintain a high level of social responsiveness within their organization, they must pursue only those responsibilities their organization possesses and has a right to undertake. Once managers decide to meet a specific social responsibility, they must determine the best way to undertake activities related to meeting this obligation. That is, managers must decide whether their organization should undertake the activities on its own or acquire the help of outsiders with more expertise in the area.

T I P S FO R M A N AG I N G A RO U N D T H E G LO B E

China Focuses on Agricultural (Ag) Sustainability

I

n 2017, China, the largest farming sector in the world, announced that a greater focus on sustainability in agricultural processes would be a central focus of the government. Though the country often cites the need for “green” ag practices, this year marks the first time that it is at the forefront of governmental policy. This is substantial for a country that previously ignored the environmental impact of a wide variety of industries, including farming and manufacturing. This new policy makes sense. China continues to grow and is now the world’s fourth largest consumer

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 78

of organic food. The government desires to reduce the need for imports by fostering organically produced food within the country. It is doing this through reduced taxes in rural areas as well as the establishment of innovation centers throughout agricultural sectors. China also intends to educate farmers on water conservation, such as utilizing drip irrigation and developing crops that are drought resistant. The idea is to grow sustainable products to feed a rapidly growing population so that the Chinese people can rely less on foreign countries for organic food.22

14/09/18 5:18 PM

CHAPTER 3   Society, Ethics, and Sustainability 



79

Figure 3.1 No

No action on this issue

1 Yes

No

2 Yes

No

3 Yes

No

No

4A

4 Yes

Yes Consider such means

5 No

No

6 Yes

7B

Yes

No

No

7A Yes

Flowchart of social responsibility decision making that generally will enhance the social responsiveness of an organization

2. Does the firm have a right to undertake this action? 3. Does an assessment of all interests indicate that the action is desirable? 4. Do benefits outweigh costs? 4A. Can subcontracting or other means reduce the cost to a net beneficial level?

Yes Yes

No

1. Does a social responsibility really exist in this case?

7 Yes

Consider such means

5. Could this action be better handled by other parties who are willing to undertake the task? 6. Can we bear the cost of this action? 7. Do we possess the managerial competence to do the job? 7A. Can we acquire needed competence through training or recruitment? 7B. Can we subcontract the activity to parties that possess the required competence?

Undertake the proposed action

Approaches to Meeting Social Responsibilities Various managerial approaches to meeting social obligations are another determinant of an organization’s level of social responsiveness. A desirable and socially responsive approach to meeting social obligations does the following:23 1. Incorporates social goals into the annual planning process. 2. Seeks comparative industry norms for social programs. 3. Presents reports to organization members, the board of directors, and stockholders on social responsibility progress. 4. Experiments with different approaches for measuring social performance. 5. Attempts to measure the cost of social programs as well as the return on social program investments. Normally, different managers approach meeting social responsibilities differently. Some approach meeting such responsibilities as a requirement. These managers view their primary responsibility as making a profit and, as a result, do only what is required by law to meet social responsibilities. Next, some managers approach meeting social responsibilities by recognizing that they have both profit and social goals, and pursue them in mostly an obligatory fashion. These managers only occasionally go beyond what is required by law to meet social obligations. Still other managers approach meeting social responsibilities by believing strongly that they have both profit and social goals, and respond by working proactively and intently on reaching

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 79

14/09/18 5:18 PM

80

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

both. Going well beyond what the law requires to meet social obligations is commonplace for these managers. Organizations characterized by managers who believe strongly that they have both profit and social goals and work intently and proactively at meeting them generally contribute more to society than do organizations characterized by managers who simply believe that they have both profit and social goals, or managers who use the law to determine how they’ll meet their social obligations. Also, organizations characterized by managers who simply believe that they have both profit and social goals, and are committed to reaching them usually contribute more to society than organizations characterized by managers who simply follow the law to meet social obligations. To this point, this chapter has discussed fundamentals of social responsibility and social responsiveness. This section covers social responsibility challenges faced by most modern managers in today’s society. These challenges include the following: (1) the social audit challenge, (2) the philanthropy challenge, and (3) the sustainable organization challenge.

The Social Audit Challenge 3-3 Insights for meeting social audit challenges

Wilmeth/SIPA/Newscom

As part of its social audit, Starbucks measures its progress in terms of maintaining a responsible buying area—one that maintains safe working conditions and protects worker rights.

To be successful in carrying out social responsibility activities over the long run, managers must face the test of monitoring and improving their social responsibility efforts. To monitor and improve their efforts, many managers face the challenge of conducting a useful social audit. A social audit is the process of measuring the present social responsibility activities of an organization to assess its performance in this area. The basic steps in conducting a social audit are monitoring, measuring, and appraising all aspects of an organization’s social responsibility performance. Although some companies that pioneered the concepts of social reporting, such as General Electric, still continue their social audit efforts, other companies have been somewhat slow to follow but are now growing in noticeable number. The Bank of America published a corporate social audit for 2010 called Opportunity in Motion. The Bank of America’s social audit focuses on company activities in areas like charitable giving, building of communities through loans, total paper consumption, and greenhouse gas emissions. The audit focuses on the history of Bank of America activities in each area as well as improvement goals for each area.24 Social audit measurements that gauge organizational progress in reaching social responsibility objectives can be taken in any number of areas. Naturally, the specific areas in which individual companies decide to take such measurements vary according to the specific social responsibility objectives to be met. Starbucks, a roaster, marketer, and retailer of specialty coffee in more than 50 countries, is well known for both setting responsible social goals and taking measurements to determine progress in reaching those goals. The Starbucks Global Responsibility Report: Goals and Progress 2010 gives us an excellent example of areas the company measures in conducting its social audit. A few of these areas are highlighted below:25

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 80

1. Environmental Area—Starbucks is committed to minimizing its environmental footprint and inspiring others to do the same. Environmental footprint is a measure of the usage of environmental resources. The greater the amount of resources consumed by an organization, the greater the organization’s footprint. Here social audit measurements could focus on Starbucks closely monitoring recycling and waste procedures. In addition, measurements could focus on charting energy usage to see if energy is being

14/09/18 5:18 PM

CHAPTER 3   Society, Ethics, and Sustainability 



81

used responsibly. Starbucks could also make sure that company buildings are constructed in a socially responsible fashion. Such buildings, for example, would include dimensions that enable water conservation as well as energy conservation. 2. Community Area—Starbucks is committed to building better neighborhoods, cities, and countries where it operates. In this area, the company focuses on helping to promote community service, creating jobs, and supporting youth activities by issuing grants that enable youth activities in communities. These grants are called Starbucks Youth Action Grants. Social audit measurement in this area could include following up on grants being awarded to see if the awards are having the planned impact on society. 3. Responsible Buying Area—Starbucks is committed to furnishing customers with products that are produced by suppliers who are also committed to socially responsible activities. As a result, Starbucks buys from suppliers who furnish safe and humane working conditions for employees. In addition, the company buys from suppliers who protect worker rights and comply with child labor laws. Measurements in this area could involve site visits to suppliers’ locations to see if working conditions are consistent with Starbucks’s values. 4. Wellness Area—Starbucks is dedicated to supporting policies and efforts to improve the health of individuals in communities in which it operates. The company is also committed to offering food and beverages that support the wellness of customers. As an example, Starbucks offers its customers low-fat apple bran muffins and drinks like the Iced Skinny Latte, which has only 60 calories and zero fat. Social audit measurements in this area could focus on determining if adequate and appropriate policies are being supported as well as finding out if enough health-conscious products are being offered to customers.

The Philanthropy Challenge One popularly used component of social responsibility is philanthropy, which promotes the welfare of others through generous monetary donations to social causes. As an example of philanthropic giving, more and more managers are donating to an organization called The First Tee. The First Tee is a national, not-for-profit organization based in St. Augustine, Florida, and is the official charity of the PGA Tour. The goal of The First Tee is to build character among youth through the game of golf. Experiences in the program emphasize building core values like honesty, integrity, and respect for other youth. The First Tee has over 750 program locations around the world. Overall, philanthropy aims to increase the well-being of people. Improving human welfare through philanthropy by businesses commonly includes donations geared toward supporting the arts, education, world peace, and disaster relief. Modern managers commonly must meet the challenge of designing and implementing an efficient and effective philanthropy focus. When making philanthropic gifts, it is generally recommended that managers donate to causes that in some way benefit the organization as well as society.26 Managers should thus strive to make such gifts in societal areas that afford the organization a competitive advantage in the marketplace. Consider the following examples of companies making philanthropic donations to enhance their competitive advantage:

3-4 Thoughts on how to meet philanthropy challenges

1. ExxonMobil makes donations to develop infrastructure in underdeveloped countries. This infrastructure development improves the well-being of citizens of the countries along with helping the company to be more competitive by doing its business more effectively and efficiently within the countries. 2. Apple Computer commonly donates computers and other products to schools to help young people to become more computer proficient. Although such donations help human welfare, they also help students and teachers alike to become more computer sophisticated and better enabled to buy Apple products in the future. 3. American Express donates to secondary schools in underdeveloped countries to provide travel industry career training for students about to enter the labor market. This training improves the welfare of the students and also helps the company become more competitive by building expertise within the countries to provide travelers with mechanisms to use charge cards. Travelers are one of the main sources of revenue for American Express credit cards.

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 81

14/09/18 5:18 PM

82

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

Critics often demean businesses because they view the philanthropic donations made to enhance competitive advantage as self-serving and not genuinely made to promote the wellbeing of others. Such criticism, however, is generally considered unfounded. Remember that the manager’s fundamental social responsibility is to stakeholders like employees, customers, and investors. Making donations to causes that do not somehow protect and enhance the continuity of the organization would be socially irresponsible because such donations would not support the well-being of the organization’s stakeholders.

The Sustainable Organization Challenge 3-5 Ways for building sustainable organizations

To be successful in building and operating socially sensitive organizations over the long run, modern managers must face the challenge of crafting sustainable organizations. This section discusses the sustainable organization challenge as a test that modern managers must commonly succeed at in order for organizations to be good corporate citizens. In recent decades, there has been an undeniably growing interest in sustainability.27 This interest focuses on topics like how organizations can better conserve natural resources, reduce organizational waste, recycle used resources, and preserve the environment by protecting threatened plant and animal species.28 The following sections define sustainability, define a sustainable organization, discuss why managers should build sustainable organizations, and outline steps that managers can use to help build sustainable organizations.

Defining Sustainability Traditionally, the term sustainability has been used within management literature to describe the ability of a company to maintain a steady and improving stream of earnings. More recently, however, the term is often used in a much different way. In this section, which reflects this newer, different use of the term, sustainability is the degree to which a person or entity can meet its present needs without compromising the ability of other people or entities to meet needs.29 To illustrate the meaning of sustainability, assume that as part of its normal production process, an entity rids itself of contaminated waste by dumping it into a river. If this dumping renders the river toxic and unusable for fishing or recreation, the entity would be considered unsustainable. On the other hand, if the entity purifies the waste before dumping it to protect the cleanliness of the river, the entity would be considered sustainable. Overall, the more an entity increases its ability to meet present needs without compromising the ability of others to meet their needs in the future, the more sustainable the entity is.

Defining a Sustainable Organization Building upon the earlier definition of sustainability, a sustainable organization is an organization that has the ability to meet its present needs without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their needs. In building a sustainable organization, management should strive to make the organization sustainable in three areas: the economy, the environment, and society. In terms of the economy, the sustainable organization engages in certain behaviors such as minimizing waste by not overproducing goods and generating a fair profit for stakeholders. Regarding the environment, the sustainable organization engages in certain behaviors that are akin to protecting natural resources like air, water, and land. In terms of society, the sustainable organization engages in certain behaviors such as maintaining the well-being and protection of the communities in which it does business.30 For example, consider recent events at PepsiCo, with its billion-dollar portfolio of food and beverage brands. After measuring the carbon footprint of its Tropicana orange juice brand, managers discovered that more than one-third of Tropicana’s carbon emissions—the single largest source— came from the use of fertilizers during the growing process. As a result, Tropicana partnered with two manufacturers of low-carbon fertilizers and one of its orange growers, SMR Farms in Bradenton, Florida, to conduct long-term tests of the fertilizers and identify an alternative to reduce Tropicana’s carbon emissions. The study will last at least five years, to match the maturity cycle of orange trees,

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 82

14/09/18 5:18 PM

CHAPTER 3   Society, Ethics, and Sustainability 



83

and its findings could affect global best practices in agriculture. Adopting behaviors that protect the world’s natural resources will help PepsiCo achieve its sustainability goals.31 Managers have historically focused on the yardstick of profit, or the bottom line, as the primary gauge for evaluating organizational performance. As noted in the previous section, more recently, managers are evaluating organizational performance by examining three sustainability gauges: the economy (which includes profit), the environment, and society. All three sustainability gauges for organizational performance considered collectively are commonly referred to as the triple bottom-line.32 The term triple bottom-line emphasizes that managers should focus on building organizations that are sustainable in economic, environmental, and societal activities. Essentially, the overall degree of sustainability achieved by any organization is judged by collective accomplishments in all three of these areas. If any one area is lacking in sustainability, the organization as a whole is lacking in sustainability. Being able to answer yes to questions like the following would indicate that an organization is operating in a manner that is consistent with the triple bottom-line standard: Is the organization providing a fair return to its stakeholders? (economic area) Is the organization protecting or improving the natural environment through its work methods? (environmental area) Is the organization protecting or improving the overall quality of life in the communities in which it does business? (societal area)

MyLab Management Watch It If your instructor has assigned this activity, go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the video exercise.

Why Sustainability? Some people ask if building sustainable organizations is worthwhile. Management theorists and practicing managers alike present many sound reasons why managers should build sustainable organizations. The following sections discuss a few such reasons.

Increased Profit  Perhaps the most often used reason why managers should build sustainable organizations is that increased sustainability commonly results in more profitable organizations. History shows that sustainability doesn’t have to be a burden on profit.33 According to Brian Walker, the CEO of Herman Miller, achieving a position of leadership in sustainability can boost product demand. Walker found that customers are reluctant to buy from a company simply because of a worthwhile history of sustainability and probably won’t pay a premium for its products.34 However, a sustainable company is the type of company with which modern-day customers like to do business.35 Increased Productivity  Another reason commonly given to explain why managers

should strive to build sustainable organizations relates to employee productivity.36 Many management theorists and practitioners claim that increased labor productivity is commonly the most immediate payoff of sustainability. According to this line of reasoning, a sustainable organization builds its workplace to include features like temperature control, clean air, noise control, and appropriate lighting. Workers in such workplaces have been shown to be as much as 16 percent more productive than workers in workplaces without these features.

Increased Innovation  A third reason commonly given to explain why managers should pursue sustainability is that such a pursuit often serves as a catalyst for innovation.37 Management researchers are now finding that a by-product of pursuing sustainability is a flood of valuable organizational and technological innovations that help organizations become more successful.38 To illustrate, consider recent events at Sam’s Club, a discount retail division of Wal-Mart that specializes in the sale of products like jewelry, clothes, and food. Management at Sam’s Club

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 83

14/09/18 5:18 PM

84

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

decided to pursue increasing sustainability by decreasing energy costs. One solution to decreasing energy costs was quite an innovation, a new milk jug. According to Doug McMillon, CEO of Sam’s Club, the new jug increased the shelf life of milk in stores. Because of this greater shelf life, the new jug actually helped to reduce energy costs by eliminating the need for more than 10,000 milk truck deliveries to various stores. This milk jug innovation at Sam’s Club was an outcome of the effort to increase sustainability and resulted in making the organization not only more sustainable but also more successful.

Steps for Achieving Sustainability The actual steps that managers take to increase organizational sustainability can vary drastically from organization to organization. For example, to increase sustainability, a chemical company might take steps to reduce hazardous waste, a shoe manufacturer might take steps to reduce energy consumption, and a food products company might take steps to buy food products only from suppliers who grow food using approved fertilizers. Overall, to have a successful sustainability effort, a manager must understand the unique characteristics of the particular organization and the industry within which that organization exists. Based on this understanding, management must tailor sustainability activities and processes that best meet the needs of the individual organization. Despite the fact that many of management’s steps to achieve sustainability can vary significantly from organization to organization, there are some steps that a manager can take to help build a sustainable organization regardless of the organization. These steps include the following: Setting sustainability goals. Management should set goals that clearly indicate what the organization is attempting to accomplish in the area of sustainability. Such goals provide organization members with clear targets on which they can focus their sustainability efforts. Such targets also provide a vehicle that management can use to ensure that organization members have a unified, collective impact on organizational sustainability. Consider the following sustainability goal set by Marks & Spencer, one of the largest retailers in the United Kingdom: becoming the first major retailer to ensure that six key raw materials— palm oil, soya, cocoa, beef, leather, and coffee—come from sustainable sources that do not contribute to deforestation, one of the biggest causes of climate change. Marks & Spencer’s sustainability goal is a clear indication that the company will enhance its own sustainability by supporting suppliers who are focused on enhancing their own sustainability. In essence, Marks & Spencer’s sustainability goal is to help eliminate deforestation by doing business with suppliers with the same goal. By establishing this goal and making sure that all organization members understand it, Marks & Spencer is guiding its buyers to do business with only those suppliers who will help make Marks & Spencer a more sustainable organization.

P R A C T I C A L C H A L L E N G E : A C H I E V I N G S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y

Free Recycled Water in Abu Dhabi

T

he Middle East knows that water, an essential commodity, cannot be wasted. In the UAE, it was the Abu Dhabi Sewerage Services Company (ADSSC) that has successfully demonstrated an effective and sustainable process for wastewater management. Following a successful pilot in Al Ain, the first city in the UAE to utilize 100 percent of its 650,000 cubic meters of recycled water, a similar program is being rolled out in Abu Dhabi. Though Abu Dhabi recycles

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 84

all of its 850,000 cubic meters of wastewater every day, around 40 percent of it is wasted due to a lack of infrastructure. The ADSSC is undertaking an extensive expansion of its collection network, including a Strategic Tunnel Enhancement Program (STEP). Part of the project is 45 kilometers of link sewers to connect the existing systems to the new deep tunnel—by 2030, this will be able to cope with 1.7 million cubic meters per day.39

14/09/18 5:18 PM



CHAPTER 3   Society, Ethics, and Sustainability 

85

Hiring organization members who can help the organization become more sustainable. A primary feature in accomplishing any worthwhile activity in an organization is having talented people who can perform that activity. If an organization does not have people with the appropriate talents to accomplish the activity, individuals who possess the necessary talent should be recruited and hired. Such recruiting and hiring will normally increase the probability that the activity is performed successfully. Following the reasoning given above, hiring appropriately talented people can also be a primary decision to ensure that necessary sustainability activities are successfully performed in organizations. For example, many organizations have sustainability projects that focus on improving the use of energy and materials through new building construction or remodeling. Such projects typically explore topics like energy efficiency, materials selection, water savings, and indoor environmental quality. The U.S. Green Building Business Council runs a program called LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design), an ecology-oriented certification program that rates the ecology impact of buildings of all types. Hiring individuals who understand the LEED program could help ensure that sustainability-oriented construction or remodeling projects will be performed successfully in the organization. As another example, Weis Markets, a regional grocery store chain headquartered in Pennsylvania, made a special hire to help with the company’s sustainability efforts.40 The company hired Patti Olenick, a sustainability specialist from the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection. Olenick has extensive experience in waste management, recycling, and composting. She was hired to help the company develop a more systematic and coordinated approach to Weis Market sustainability programs. Rewarding employees who contribute to an organization’s sustainability goals. In all organizations, managers must encourage appropriate behavior, behavior that contributes to the accomplishment of organizational goals. In the sustainability area, managers should reward organization members who contribute to the accomplishment of sustainability goals. The purpose of the reward is to recognize organization members for what they’ve accomplished in the area of sustainability and to increase the probability that such organization members will continue to make contributions toward accomplishing organizational sustainability goals in the future. The Colorado Department of Health and Public Environment provides an excellent illustration of how management can use rewards to encourage organization members to contribute to the attainment of sustainability goals. Management has designed and implemented an awards program that gives employees who excel in pursuing sustainability activities a cash award at a banquet held at the Denver Museum of Nature and Science. All employees are encouraged to nominate individuals who have implemented a new sustainability program, have demonstrated innovation in sustainability solutions, or have displayed leadership in protecting the environment. Tracking progress in reaching sustainability goals. As stated previously, setting sustainability goals is a critical component of an organization’s sustainability effort. Such goals set clear targets on which all organization members can focus. However, simply setting such goals is not enough. Managers must also track an organization’s progress in reaching such goals. Knowing if an organization is on schedule, behind schedule, or ahead of schedule in reaching sustainability goals is critical to ensuring that the organization ultimately reaches those goals. If an organization is not on track for reaching sustainability goals, adjustments should be made to get the organization back on track. DuPont is a science-based company that focuses on creating solutions that contribute to a better, safer, and healthier life. Well-known products offered by DuPont include a material used to coat cooking utensils called Teflon, a component of bulletproof vests called Kevlar, and a solid surface material for making kitchen countertops called Corian. In late 1999, DuPont established an energy goal for 2010 of holding energy consumption at its 1990 level.41 Through a sustainability focus, DuPont has set the goal of improving the livelihoods of at least three million farmers and their rural communities by the end of 2020. Because DuPont management knows that “what you count gets done,” the company keeps track of how many farmers it affects. Through 2015, the company has directly reached more than 1.2 million farmers to help them strengthen their agricultural systems and improve productivity. As an example of this help, the Rice Farm Schools Program in India—a collaboration between DuPont Pioneer, Crop Protection, and the Uttar Pradesh Department of Agriculture—will provide more than half a million small farmers with practical expertise and training, from seed planting to harvest, while demonstrating the value of hybrid seeds.42

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 85

14/09/18 5:18 PM

86

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

Managers and Ethics 3-6 An appreciation for the role that ethics plays in management

The study of ethics in management can be approached from many different directions. Perhaps the most practical approach is to view ethics as catalyzing managers to take socially responsible actions. The movement to include the study of ethics as a critical part of management education began in the 1970s, grew significantly in the 1980s, and is expected to continue growing in the twenty-first century. John Shad, chair of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) during the 1980s, when Wall Street was shaken by a number of insider trading scandals, recently pledged a $20 million trust fund to the Harvard Business School to create a curriculum in business ethics for MBA students. Television producer Norman Lear gave $1 million to underwrite the Business Enterprise Trust, which will give national awards to companies and “whistle blowers . . . who demonstrate courage, creativity, and social vision in the business world.”43 The following sections define ethics, explain why ethical considerations are a vital part of management practices, discuss a workable code of business ethics, and present some suggestions for creating an ethical workplace.

A Definition of Ethics The famous missionary physician and humanitarian Albert Schweitzer defined ethics as “our concern for good behavior. We feel an obligation to consider not only our own personal wellbeing, but also that of other human beings.” This meaning is similar to the precept of the Golden Rule: Do unto others as you would have them do unto you.44 In business, ethics can be defined as the capacity to reflect on values in the corporate decision-making process, to determine how these values and decisions affect various stakeholder groups, and to establish how managers can use these observations in day-to-day company management.45 Ethical managers strive for success within the confines of sound management practices, which are characterized by fairness and justice.46 Interestingly, using ethics as a major guide when making and evaluating business decisions is popular not only in the United States but also in the very different societies of India and Russia.47

Why Ethics Is a Vital Part of Management Practices

RosaIreneBetancourt 13/Alamy Stock Photo

Company charity events, like this Mercedes-Benz Corporate Run in Miami, Florida, enhance the company’s positive public image.

John F. Akers, former board chair of IBM, has said that it makes good business sense for managers to be ethical. Unless they are ethical, he believes, companies cannot be competitive in either national or international markets. According to Akers, a manager should not talk about ethics without talking about competitiveness. Companies cannot be competitive if they are built on cultures wherein people stab one another in the back, try to take advantage of one another, and try to steal from one another and if they are based on dishonesty. Certainly, Akers would not deny that managers should be ethical to be morally correct. He would also add, however, that managers should be ethical as a strategy for being competitive with rival firms.48 Although ethical management practices may not be linked to specific indicators of financial profitability, conflict is not inevitable between ethical practices and making a profit. Overall, the essence of competitiveness presumes underlying values of truthfulness and fair dealing. The employment of ethical business practices can enhance overall corporate health in three important areas: productivity, stakeholder relations, and government regulation.

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 86

Productivity  The employees of a corporation constitute one major stakeholder group that is affected by management practices. When management is determined to act ethically toward stakeholders, then employees will be positively affected. For example, a corporation may decide that business ethics requires it to make a special effort to

14/09/18 5:18 PM



CHAPTER 3   Society, Ethics, and Sustainability 

87

ensure the health and welfare of its employees. To this end, many corporations have established employee advisory programs (EAPs) to help employees with family, work, financial or legal problems, and with mental illness or chemical dependency. These programs have even enhanced productivity in some corporations. For instance, Control Data Corporation found that its EAP reduced health costs and sick-leave usage significantly.49

Stakeholder Relations  The second area in which ethical management practices can

enhance corporate health is by positively affecting outside stakeholders such as suppliers and customers. A positive public image can attract customers who view such an image as desirable. For example, Johnson & Johnson, the world’s largest maker of health-care products, is guided by “Our Credo,” which was announced more than 60 years ago by General Robert Wood Johnson to the company’s employees, stockholders, and members of its community. The credo stresses the idea that Johnson & Johnson sees its primary focus as being of meaningful service to doctors, nurses, patients, and mothers and fathers of all who use their products. The credo also stresses that the company constantly focuses on reducing costs in order to provide products at reasonable costs.

Government Regulation  The third area in which ethical management practices can enhance corporate health is in minimizing government regulation. Where companies are believed to be acting unethically, the public is more likely to put pressure on legislators and other government officials to regulate those businesses or to enforce existing regulations. For example, in 2010, thinking that smokeless tobacco may be a cancer-causing product, a federal government subcommittee on health held hearings to explore the impact of smokeless tobacco on the nation’s youth and its use in major league baseball.50

A Code of Ethics A code of ethics is a formal statement that acts as a guide for the ethics of how people within a particular organization should act and make decisions. Ninety percent of Fortune 500 firms and almost half of all other firms have ethics codes. Many organizations that do not already have an ethics code are giving serious consideration to developing one. Codes of ethics commonly address issues such as conflict of interest, competitors, privacy of information, gift giving, and giving and receiving political contributions or business. A code of ethics developed by Nissan of Japan, for example, barred all Nissan employees from accepting almost all gifts or entertainment from, or offering them to, business partners and government officials.51 The new code was drafted by Nissan president Yoshikazu Hanawa and sent to 300 major suppliers.52 According to a recent survey, the development and distribution of a code of ethics is perceived as an effective and efficient means of encouraging ethical practices within organizations.53 Figure 3.2 contains highlights of the code of ethics that Publix Super Markets uses to encourage ethical behavior for financial managers within the company. Managers cannot assume merely because they have developed and distributed a code of ethics that organization members have all the guidelines they need to determine what is ethical and to act accordingly. It is impossible for one code to cover all ethical and unethical conduct within an organization. Managers should thus view codes of ethics as tools that must be evaluated and refined periodically so that they will be comprehensive and usable guidelines for making ethical business decisions efficiently and effectively.54

Creating an Ethical Workplace Managers commonly strive to encourage ethical practices, not only to be morally correct but also to gain whatever business advantage lies in projecting an ethical image to consumers and employees.55 Creating, distributing, and continually improving a company’s code of ethics is one common step managers can take to establish an ethical workplace. Another step many companies are taking to create an ethical workplace is to appoint a chief ethics officer. The chief ethics officer has the job of ensuring that organizational ethics and values are integrated into daily decisions at all organizational levels. Such officers recommend,

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 87

14/09/18 5:18 PM

88

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

Figure 3.2 Highlights of the Code of Ethics for financial managers at Publix Super Markets56

Publix Super Markets, Inc. is committed to the highest standards of business and ethical conduct. This includes conducting business in accordance with the spirit and letter of applicable laws and regulations. In particular, Publix’s financial managers are vested with a higher level of responsibility over the financial affairs of Publix. Financial managers must fulfill this responsibility by adhering to a high ethical standard. This Code provides principles to which Publix’s financial managers are expected to adhere and advocate. Publix financial managers will: 1. Act with honesty and integrity, avoiding actual or apparent conflicts between his or her personal interests and the interests of Publix, including receiving improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position. 2. Manage financial transactions and reporting systems and procedures so that business transactions are properly authorized and completely, timely and accurately recorded on Publix’s books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and established company financial policies. 3. Perform responsibilities with a view to causing periodic reports and other documents filed with the SEC and other public communications to contain information that is full, fair, accurate, complete, timely and not misleading…

help implement, and reinforce strategies aimed at integrating appropriate conduct throughout all phases of company operations. Figure 3.3 lists a few characteristics that a person should have to be a successful chief ethics officer. Another way to promote ethics in the workplace is to furnish organization members with appropriate training. General Dynamics, McDonnell Douglas, Chemical Bank, and American Can Company are examples of corporations that conduct training programs aimed at encouraging ethical practices within their organizations.57 Such programs do not attempt to teach managers what is moral or ethical but instead give them criteria they can use to help determine how ethical a certain action might be. According to the Markkula Center for Applied Ethics at Santa Clara University, managers can feel confident that a potential action will be considered ethical by the general public if it is consistent with one or more of the following ethical standards:58 1. The Utilitarian Standard is a guideline that indicates that behavior can generally be considered ethical if it provides the most good for or does the least harm to the greatest number of people. Corporate activity that meets this standard produces the greatest good for and the least harm to all company stakeholders, including employees and customers. 2. The Rights Standard is a guideline that says that behavior is generally considered ethical if it respects and promotes the rights of others. This guideline indicates that in order to be ethical, corporate behavior must respect the dignity of human nature. Under this standard, for example, corporate action that reflects unfair labor practices like paying abnormally low wages or using child labor would be considered unethical. 3. The Virtue Standard is a guideline that determines behavior to be ethical if it reflects high moral values. Behavior that is consistent with this standard is action that reflects virtues like honesty, fairness, and compassion. Examples of business behavior that reflect this standard would include honesty in advertising about the worthwhile features of a product or paying suppliers a fair price for their goods no matter how much bargaining power is held over them. Overall, managers must take responsibility for creating and sustaining conditions in which people are likely to behave ethically and for minimizing conditions in which people might be Figure 3.3 Skills needed to be a successful chief ethics officer59

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 88

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

The ability to be objective The ability to understand the structure of an organization The ability to know and maneuver within an organization’s culture The ability to communicate clearly and concisely The ability to deal with conflict The ability to keep matters confidential

14/09/18 5:18 PM

CHAPTER 3   Society, Ethics, and Sustainability 



89

STEPS FOR SUCCESS

Creating an Ethical Work Environment Procter & Gamble’s Integrity Statement for Suppliers

P

rocter & Gamble (P&G) is one of the largest consumer products companies in the world. Based in Cincinnati, Ohio, the firm produces everything from deodorant and soap to paper towels and detergent. A company this large often has thousands of suppliers, and P&G holds them to a high standard. Suppliers are required to follow a set of guidelines, some of which include topics such as the following:60

• Child Labor. No business partner may utilize workers younger than 15. No one under 18 years of age may engage in hazardous work.

• Forced Labor and Human Trafficking. Employment must be voluntary and freely chosen. External business partners are forbidden from utilizing prison labor, trafficked individuals, or slave labor. • Discrimination. Suppliers cannot discriminate based on race, color, gender, age, national origin, religion, sexual orientation, gender identity and expression, marital status, citizenship, disability, veteran status, or medical condition. • Environmental Sustainability. It is expected that business partners will abide by all applicable environmental laws and that they will share P&G’s commitment to environmental stewardship.

tempted to behave unethically. Two practices that commonly inspire unethical behavior in organizations are giving unusually high rewards for good performance and giving unusually severe punishments for poor performance. By eliminating such factors, managers can reduce any pressure on employees to perform unethically in organizations.

Following the Law: Sarbanes–Oxley Reform Standards Around the turn of the most recent century, Enron Corporation was an American energy and commodities company headquartered in Houston, Texas. Enron employed about 20,000 people and claimed revenue of about $101 billion in 2000. Because of the company’s claimed phenomenal performance in the areas of electricity, natural gas, and paper, Fortune magazine named Enron “America’s Most Innovative Company” for six consecutive years. To the dismay of Enron stakeholders and society in general, outrageous management practices were uncovered that seemed aimed at unjustifiably maximizing the personal wealth of top managers to the detriment of the well-being of other organizational stakeholders.61 As an example, Enron management used inaccurate accounting reports to deceive employees, shareholders, legal authorities, the media, and the general public. These reports grossly overstated the condition of company performance, thereby allowing top managers to justify their inflated salaries. Upon learning of the deception, some employees were outraged, and others experienced financial disaster because they’d invested in what turned out to be worthless company stock and company retirement programs. Needless to say, managers involved in such deceitful practices were prosecuted to the full extent of the law. Amid public outcries over such practices, the Sarbanes–Oxley Act of 2002 was passed to try to prevent such deception by publicly owned companies. The general thrust of this legislation focuses on promoting ethical conduct.62 Areas covered include maintaining generally accepted accounting practices, evaluating executive compensation, monitoring fundamental business strategies, understanding and mitigating major risks, and ensuring a company structure and processes that enhance integrity and reputation. Managers who do not follow the stipulations of the Sarbanes–Oxley Act face significant jail time. Infractions such as engaging in securities fraud, impeding a financial investigation by regulators, and committing mail fraud can result in up to 25 years of imprisonment. The Sarbanes– Oxley Act and related infraction penalties create hope that grossly unethical behavior will be significantly discouraged in the future. The Sarbanes–Oxley Act seems to support whistle-blowing as a vehicle for both discouraging deceptive management practices and encouraging ethical management practices. Whistle-blowing is the act of an employee reporting suspected misconduct or corruption believed to exist within

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 89

14/09/18 5:18 PM

90

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

the organization. A whistle-blower is the employee who reports the alleged activities. Whistleblowers can make their reports in a number of different ways, including reporting suspected organizational wrongdoings to proper legal authorities and/or proper management authorities. The Sarbanes–Oxley Act prohibits retaliation by employers against whistle-blowers. One of the most famous whistle-blowers of modern times is Sherron Watkins, former vice president of Enron Corporation.63 Watkins testified to Congress that she was extremely alarmed by information she had received about Enron’s finances and had warned then-chairman Kenneth Lay that investors were being duped by inflated profit statements. Watkins attempted, with no success, to persuade Lay to restate and reissue corporate financial statements after eliminating accounting misrepresentations. Enron, once the seventh-largest corporation in the United States, declared bankruptcy in December 2001. The bankruptcy cost thousands of employees their jobs and retirement pensions, and investors lost millions of dollars. Perhaps based primarily on Watkins’s testimony, Lay was charged and found guilty on six criminal counts of fraud. Lay died at age 64 while awaiting sentencing for his Enron conviction.64 Ethics abuses at major corporations and other highly publicized business missteps have highly sensitized Americans to greed and corporate corruption. Business scholars see ethics remaining a hot topic for years to come.65

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY S ocial responsibility entails management’s obligation to take actions that protect and improve the welfare of society in conjunction with the interests of the organization and is an important management employability skill. From the Challenge Case that opened the chapter, recall that IKEA protects and improves its communities through innovation in the conservation of resources as well as the charitable work of the IKEA Foundation. IKEA makes substantial contributions by applying its resource-saving ideas to its own products and processes and by helping its suppliers operate more sustainably. Making such investments in the welfare of society is essential to being a good business citizen. Corporations must also take steps, however, to protect their own interests while making social investments. For example, by operating more efficiently in its use of energy and packaging resources, IKEA saves money. It then passes along the savings, and the lower prices attract more customers without cutting into its profits. IKEA should commit to benefiting society because of the vast power the company possesses for creating such benefits. It should be remembered, however, that the costs of social responsibility activities can be passed to consumers, and action should be taken only if it is financially feasible. For IKEA to invest in social responsibility

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 90

activities to its own financial detriment would be socially irresponsible given the company’s commitment to employees and stockholders. IKEA can and does become involved in many different areas of social responsibility. Currently, however, the business focuses on its sustainable use of natural resources. In addition, its IKEA Foundation supports environmental concerns as well as charitable work that targets children and disaster relief. No matter how much IKEA does in pursuing social responsibility goals, it will no doubt be criticized by some people for not doing enough. At this point, IKEA’s activities in the area of social responsibility appear to be highly significant. IKEA’s activities within the sphere of social responsibility could result in a short-run decrease in profits simply because of the costs of those activities. For example, constructing energy-efficient buildings, installing solar panels, and upgrading light fixtures have initial costs. At first glance, such actions might seem unbusinesslike, but the company forecasts long-run savings and may obtain other benefits. Performing social responsibility activities could also significantly improve IKEA’s public image and could be instrumental in generating increased sales.

31/10/18 11:00 am

CHAPTER 3   Society, Ethics, and Sustainability 



Some social responsibility activities are legislated and therefore must be performed by businesses. Most of the legislation requiring these activities is aimed at large companies. Examples of legislated activities include required levels of product safety and employee safety. Because IKEA is not required by law to support causes such as sustainable forestry or child welfare, whatever IKEA contributes to these causes would be strictly voluntary. In making a decision about how to support society, IKEA’s managers should assess the positive and negative outcomes of such support, over both the long and the short terms, and then establish whatever support, if any, would maximize its success and offer some desirable contribution to society. IKEA should also communicate to all organization members, as well as society, which causes it will support and why. The use of its website would greatly facilitate this communication. In addition, IKEA should strive to maintain a relatively high degree of social responsiveness when pursuing its social responsibility activities. To do this, management should make decisions that focus on IKEA’s established social responsibility areas and approach meeting those responsibilities in appropriate ways. In terms of supporting children’s health and education, for example, management must first decide whether IKEA has a social responsibility to become involved through the design and application of its products or efforts in these issues. Assuming managers decide that IKEA has such a responsibility, they must then determine how to accomplish the activities necessary to meet the responsibility. For example, IKEA might employ its expertise to develop more ideas for refugee housing. Making appropriate decisions will help IKEA meet social obligations effectively and efficiently. In terms of implementing an approach to meeting social responsibilities that will increase IKEA’s social responsiveness, management should try to view the company as having both societal and economic goals. In addition, management should attempt to anticipate social problems and actively work to prevent them. Managers at IKEA should know that pursuing social responsibility objectives is a major management activity. IKEA’s managers must understand that, for the company to succeed in meeting social responsibility objectives, it must be able to meet two major challenges. The first challenge is conducting a useful social audit, which would measure IKEA’s social responsibility activities in order to assess its social responsibility performance. The IKEA social audit, at a minimum, should measure and evaluate the company’s activities that focus on economics, quality of life, social investment, and problem solving. The second challenge for IKEA’s management in meeting social responsibility objectives is through philanthropy.

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 91

91

IKEA’s philanthropic efforts should strive to increase the welfare of humanity while benefiting IKEA and its future. Criticism expressing that such donations are completely self-serving should not distract IKEA’s managers. They must instead keep in mind that most people would agree that IKEA’s first social responsibility is to its stakeholders and that any donations that do not in some way benefit these stakeholders is socially irresponsible. IKEA management should also continue to focus on the company’s efforts to be a sustainable organization, one that meets its operational needs without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their needs. In heeding such a focus, IKEA should concentrate on activities like minimizing waste and protecting natural resources like air, water, and land. IKEA should continue to benefit from such activities through increases in profit, productivity, and innovation. IKEA’s management would want corporate decisions to be sustainable—that is, such decisions should be able to meet the company’s present needs without compromising the needs of others in the future. It would be up to management to determine the steps the company must take to improve organizational sustainability. For example, the chief sustainability officer may need to hire additional staff with the expertise to help IKEA improve its sustainability. To measure the level of sustainability at IKEA, managers could use the triple bottom-line approach. With this approach, managers would assess IKEA’s activities in economic, environmental, and societal terms. For example, they would ask these questions: Is IKEA performing profitably and providing a fair return to stakeholders? (economic) Is IKEA reducing its carbon footprint, minimizing its energy use, or otherwise improving the natural environment through its work methods? (environmental) Is IKEA enhancing the overall quality of life in the communities in which it does business? (societal) Answers to these questions will help IKEA’s management determine whether the company’s policies are appropriate. Assuming managers at IKEA are ethical, their decisions should reflect only the highest moral code in order to enhance the well-being of all company stakeholders. In essence, managers should act in the way that they want others to act in their dealings with IKEA. Decisions at IKEA will be ethical if they are truthful and fair to all concerned, if they build goodwill and better relationships, and if they are beneficial to all concerned. IKEA management can use the Virtue, Rights, and Utilitarian Standards to help ensure that all actions taken are ethical.

14/09/18 5:18 PM

92

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

MyLab Management Assessing Your Management Skill If your instructor has assigned this activity, go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the exercise related to the Challenge Case.

D E V E LO P I N G S O C I A L R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y S K I L L This section is specially designed to help you develop social responsibility skills. An individual’s social responsibility skill is based on an understanding of the concepts and the ability to apply those concepts. The following activities will help to enhance your social responsibility skills in various organizational situations.

Class Preparation and Personal Study To help you to prepare for class, perform the activities outlined in this section. Performing these activities will help you enhance your classroom performance significantly.

Reflecting on Target Skill On page 72, this chapter opens by presenting a target management skill along with a list of related objectives outlining knowledge and understanding that you should aim to acquire related to that skill. Review this target skill and the list of objectives to make sure that you’ve acquired all pertinent information within the chapter. If you do not feel that you’ve reached a particular objective(s), study related chapter coverage until you do.

Know Key Terms Understanding the following key terms is critical to your preparing for class. Define each of these terms. Refer to the page(s) referenced after a term to check your definition or to gain further insight regarding the term. good corporate citizen  74 social responsibility  74 social responsiveness  77 stakeholder  77 social audit  80 environmental footprint  80 philanthropy  81 sustainability  82 sustainable organization  82 triple bottom-line  83 LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design)  85 ethics  86 code of ethics  87 The Utilitarian Standard  88

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 92

The Rights Standard  88 The Virtue Standard  88 whistle-blowing  89 whistle-blower  90

Know How Management Concepts Relate This section comprises activities that will further sharpen your understanding of management concepts. Answer essay questions as completely as possible. 3-1 What’s the relationship between social responsibility and ethics? 3-2 How does an organization test its monitoring of and improvements to their social responsibility in the long run? What steps should be taken to ensure this takes place? 3-3 Philanthropy aims to increase the well-being of people. Do you agree with this statement? Suggest some typical philanthropic activities by businesses.

MyLab Management   Personal Inventory Assessments Go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the Personal Inventory Assessment related to this chapter.

14/09/18 5:18 PM

CHAPTER 3   Society, Ethics, and Sustainability 



93

Management Skills Exercises Learning activities in this section are aimed at helping you develop social responsibility skills.

MyLab Management   Discussion Questions Go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the problems marked with this icon .

Cases IKEA Builds on Its Commitment to the Environment The Challenge Case “IKEA Builds on Its Commitment to the Environment” and its related Challenge Case Summary were written to help you understand the management concepts contained in this chapter. Answer the following discussion questions about the introductory case to explore how fundamental management concepts can be applied to a company such as IKEA. 3-4 Do you think IKEA has a responsibility to support education and safety in the communities in which it does business? Explain. 3-5 Assuming IKEA has such a responsibility as addressed in Exercise 3-4, in what instances would it be relatively easy for the company to be committed to living up to it? 3-6 Assuming IKEA has such a responsibility as addressed in Exercise 3-4, in what instances would it be relatively difficult for the company to be committed to living up to it?

Whistle-Blowing at Wells Fargo Read the case and answer the questions that follow. Studying this case will help you better understand how concepts relating to the functions of management can be applied in a company such as Wells Fargo. Imagine going to work for a company where you discover that something unethical or even illegal is occurring. What would you do? Would you simply quit and walk away, or would you tell your boss or perhaps the president of the company? Would you even consider going outside the firm and contacting a governmental agency about the behavior? These are difficult questions to answer until you’re faced with such a situation. However, circumstances like this do occur, and recently the government has started handing down stiff penalties for companies who retaliate against those who call attention to unethical and illegal business practices. In 2017, the largest award ever handed out to an individual through the whistle-blowing program at the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) amounted to $5.4 million. The unnamed manager who won the award

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 93

worked for Wells Fargo, a major banking and financial services company based in San Francisco. He had contacted a bank ethics hotline and notified his superiors that he suspected fraudulent business practices were being conducted at the company. At present, it has not been made public whether the concern this employee had was connected to the scandal affecting the company when hundreds of thousands of bank accounts and credit card accounts were set up on behalf of customers without their knowledge or consent. Other employees had also apparently tried to notify corporate executives, and there may have been retaliation against some of those associates as well. In all, nearly two million fraudulent accounts were created because employees throughout the company were under pressure to reach certain sales goals. In other words, thousands of employees knowingly created false accounts in order to achieve these sales targets. The new president, Timothy Sloan, has acknowledged that terminations of a few employees may have been motivated by retaliation for speaking out. Sloan replaced John Stumpf, who left the company under pressure from the board after the scandal broke. The employee who won the $5.4 million award unfortunately had to wait six years for the judgment because OSHA has a backlog of similar cases. Also, the complexity of this particular case delayed the ruling because investigators had to determine if the unnamed manager was actually terminated for reporting the unethical business practices and not for some other reason. Still, the manager won a record award, and it has been ruled that Wells Fargo must rehire him. Currently, there is no word on whether he has accepted a position at the company.66 Employees who engage in whistle-blowing against current or former employers are protected by OSHA. Each year, the agency investigates over 3,000 claims filed by whistleblowers, and with awards like this one for a Wells Fargo employee, companies have taken notice. Firms must be very careful that they are not retaliating or discriminating against any employee who goes through the proper channels of notifying corporate executives or OSHA itself. Depending on the nature of the situation, an employee has 30 to 180 days to file a complaint with OSHA if he or she feels that retaliation or discrimination has occurred after blowing the whistle.67 This is important because often whistle-blowers are unable to find employment in the same industry: Potential employers may be reluctant to hire a whistle-blower.

Questions 3-7 How important are whistle-blowing laws for protecting an employee who feels that something is not right? Should these laws even exist? Why or why not? 3-8 If you noticed that your current employer is doing something unethical or illegal, what steps would you take? 3-9 If you were looking to hire a highly qualified candidate, but you discovered that he or she has blown the whistle at three previous employers, would you still hire this person? Why or why not?

14/09/18 5:18 PM

94

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

Experiential Exercises The Environmental Impact Team Directions. Read the following scenario and perform the listed activities. Your instructor may want you to perform the activities as an individual or within groups. Follow all of your instructor’s directions carefully. You are the head of a major British newspaper, Guardian Unlimited, and have just completed a social audit of your organization’s business activities. Your company produces a progressive, enlightened newspaper and a website that regularly cover social responsibility topics. You conducted the social audit to make sure your company measures up to the high standards your editors expect of other companies. In the past, your company has won several social responsibility awards in areas such as encouraging diversity, innovations in social reporting, and employee giving to social responsibility causes. Based on the results of your audit, you have set a new social responsibility goal for your newspaper for the upcoming three-year period. This goal is simple: to persuade your readers to have a positive impact on the environment. You have established a group called the Environmental Impact Team to help you outline how your new goal will be accomplished. You are presently meeting with this team for the first time. Lead your group in outlining plans, organization features, an influence system, and a control mechanism, all aimed at achieving this new goal.

You and Your Career The preceding information implies that managers should communicate to other organization members the extent to which the organization will be involved in performing social responsibility activities. Could the lack of such communication hinder your career success as a manager? Explain. If you were the president of the school in which you are taking this management class, what would you say to professors and students regarding the overall position on social responsibility that you would like the school to embrace? What specific activities should be pursued that correspond to this position?

Building Your Management Skills Portfolio

CVS Health released its Prescription for a Better World report where it describes its efforts with corporate social responsibility. This report identifies ways CVS is currently meeting its corporate social responsibility objectives and offers insight into future goals. Some of the recent activities have been quite impressive. In Virginia, CVS Health established the MinuteClinic that serves 60,000 veterans in a partnership with the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. The pilot program was so successful that the company has expanded it to Phoenix, Arizona, too. In the retail stores, CVS has begun increasing the number of healthier food and beverage options that line the shelves. Through its Pharmacists Teach program, the company has reached nearly 200,000 students about the dangers of prescription drug abuse.68 Now the management team at CVS Health has come to you with the hope that you can help them expand their corporate social responsibility activities. Answer the following questions as you think about how you could improve CVS Health’s corporate social responsibility program.

Planning Issues to Inspect Category: Social Responsibilities Provide three reasons why corporate social responsibility is important for a retailer like CVS Health. 3-10   3-11   3-12   List three corporate social responsibility activities CVS Health could engage in with regard to marketing. 3-13   3-14   3-15  

Your Management Skills Portfolio is a collection of activities specially designed to demonstrate your management knowledge and skill. Be sure to save your work. Taking your printed portfolio to an employment interview could be helpful in obtaining a job. The portfolio activity for this chapter is identifying corporate social responsibilities. Read the following about CVS Health and answer the questions that follow.

List three corporate social responsibility activities CVS Health could institute with regard to the employees of the company.

CVS Health is a pharmacy retail company with nearly 10,000 locations, 158,000 employees, and about $180 billion in revenue. Based in Woonsocket, Rhode Island, the firm is dedicated to being a good corporate citizen. Recently,



M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 94

3-16   3-17  3-18  

25/09/18 4:11 PM

CHAPTER 3   Society, Ethics, and Sustainability 



List three corporate social responsibility activities CVS Health could put into effect with regard to its suppliers. 3-19   3-20   3-21   List three corporate social responsibility activities CVS Health could start with regard to the communities that it serves. 3-22   3-23   3-24  

MyLab Management   Writing Assignments If your instructor has assigned this activity, go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management for the following assisted-graded writing assignments: Assisted-Grading Questions 3-25 Now that you have studied the arguments “for” and “against” as presented in the chapter, what is your personal position about businesses performing social responsibility activities? 3-26 How can society help businesses meet social obligations?

Endnotes 1. Emily Chasan, “How IKEA Protects the Environment and Sofa Margins,” Wall Street Journal, January 28, 2014, http://blogs.wsj.com; Rahim Kanani, “Why IKEA Thinks This Mega-Trend Will Define the Next 30 Years of Business,” Forbes, February 7, 2014, http:// www.forbes.com; Jens Hansegard, “UN Refugee Agency Needs to Think Like a Business, Says IKEA Foundation,” Wall Street Journal, February 5, 2014, http://online.wsj.com; Shawn McCarthy, “IKEA Brings Build-It-Yourself Environmental Plan to Canada,” Toronto Globe and Mail, November 14, 2013, http://www.theglobeandmail .com; Cathy Proctor, “IKEA’s Colorado Store Doubles Down on Solar Power,” Denver Business Journal, January 23, 2014, http://www .bizjournals.com/denver; Jens Hansegard and Niclas Rolander, “IKEA Chief Says Focus to Remain on Stores,” Wall Street Journal, January 28, 2014, http://online.wsj.com; IKEA, “IKEA Foundation,” http://www .ikea.com, accessed February 10, 2014; IKEA, “People and the Environment,” http://www.ikea.com, accessed February 10, 2014. 2. For a good discussion of many factors involved in the modern meanings of social responsibility, see Frank Vanclay and Ana M. Esteves, New Directions in Social Impact Assessment: Conceptual and Methodological Advances (Cheltenham: Edward Elgar, 2011). “The Definition of Social Responsibility” is adapted from Keith Davis and Robert L. Blomstrom, Business and Society: Environment and Responsibility, 3rd ed. (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1975), 6. For illustrations of how social responsibility fits into the working lives of

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 95

95

modern managers, see Gerard I. J. M. Zwetsloot, “From Management Systems to Corporate Social Responsibility,” Journal of Business Ethics 44 (2003): 201–208; Christine Hemingway and Patrick Maclagan, “Managers’ Personal Values as Drivers of Corporate Social Responsibility,” Journal of Business Ethics 50 (2004): 33. 3. Bindu Arya and Gaiyan Zhang, “Institutional Reforms and Investor Reactions to CSR Announcements: Evidence from an Emerging Economy,” Journal of Management Studies 46, no. 7 (May 14, 2009): 1089–1112. 4. Patricia L. Short, “Keeping It Clean,” Chemical & Engineering News 85, no. 17 (April 23, 2007): 13. 5. Matteo Tonello, “The Business Case for Corporate Social Responsibility,” The Harvard Law School Forum on Corporate Governance and Financial Regulation, The President and Fellows of Harvard College, June 26, 2011, http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/corpgov/2011/06/26/the-businesscase-for-corporate–social-responsibility/, accessed March 27, 2012. 6. Virginia Gewin, “Industry Lured by the Gains of Going Green,” Nature (July 14, 2005): 173. 7. “Mohawk Going Green in Bath Rugs,” Home Textiles Today 28, no. 7 (February 26, 2007): 12. 8. Kate Arthur, “Going Green: Simple Changes Make Vast Improvements on the Environment,” Knight Ridder Tribune Business News [Washington edition], March 2, 2007, 1. 9. For extended discussion of arguments for and against social responsibility, see William C. Frederick, Keith Davis, and James E. Post, Business and Society: Corporate Strategy, Public Policy, Ethics, 6th ed. (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1988), 36–43. 10. For discussion in favor of corporate social responsibility, see Jane Fuller, “Banking on a Good Reputation: Companies Should Look at Corporate Social Responsibility on a Cost–Benefit Approach, Not by Whatever Campaign Is in the News,” Financial Times (2003): 6. 11. For discussions of the relationship between corporate social performance and financial performance, see John Peloza and Jingzhi Shang, “How Can Corporate Social Responsibility Activities Create Value for Stakeholders? A Systematic Review,” Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 39, no. 1 (2011): 117–135; Baruch Lev, Christine Petrovits, and Suresh Radhakrishnan, “Is Doing Good for You? How Corporate Charitable Contributions Enhance Revenue Growth,” Strategic Management Journal 31, no. 2 (September 2009): 182–200. 12. J. B. McGuire, A. Sundgren, and T. Schneeweis, “Corporate Social Responsibility and Firm Financial Performance,” Academy of Management Journal (December 1988): 854–872; Julian Birkinshaw, Nicolai J. Foss, and Siegwart Lindenberg “Combining Purpose with Profits” MIT Sloan Management Review 55, no. 3 (Spring 2014): 49–56. 13. For Friedman’s view, see “Freedom and Philanthropy: An Interview with Milton Friedman,” Business and Society Review (Fall 1989): 11–18. 14. Milton Friedman, “Does Business Have Social Responsibility?” Bank Administration (April 1971): 13–14. 15. Eric J. Savitz, “The Vision Thing: Control Data Abandons It for the Bottom Line,” Barron’s (May 7, 1990): 10–11, 22. 16. Joan E. Rigdon, “The Wrist Watch: How a Plant Handles Occupational Hazard with Common Sense,” Wall Street Journal, September 28, 1992, 1. 17. For insights regarding SC Johnson Wax’s position on social responsibility involvement, see Reva A. Holmes, “At SC Johnson Wax Philanthropy Is an Investment,” Management Accounting (August 1994): 42–45. 18. Bill Richards, “Nike Hires an Executive from Microsoft for New Post Focusing on Labor Policies,” Wall Street Journal, January 15, 1998, B14. 19. Geoffrey B. Sprinkle and Laureen A. Maines, “The Benefits and Costs of Social Responsibility,” Business Horizons 53 (2010): 445–453. 20. Samuel C. Certo and J. Paul Peter, The Strategic Management Process, 3rd ed. (Chicago: Irwin, 1995), 219; Marianne M. Jennings, “Manager’s Journal: Trendy Causes Are No Substitute for Ethics,” Wall Street Journal, December 1, 1997, A22. 21. Carlo Wolff, “Living with the New Amenity,” Lodging Hospitality (December 1994): 66–68; for an article demonstrating the importance of stakeholders’ opinions in social responsibility, see David Wheeler, Barry Colbert, and Edward Freeman, “Focusing on Value: Reconciling Corporate Social Responsibility, Sustainability and a Stakeholder Approach in a Network World,” Journal of General Management 28 (2003): 1. 22. Andrew Amelinckx, Modern Farmer, February 9, 2017, http:// modernfarmer.com/2017/02/china-moves-implement-sustainableag-practices-good-everybody/.

25/09/18 4:49 PM

96

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

23. S. Prakash Sethi, “Dimensions of Corporate Social Performance: An Analytical Framework,” California Management Review (Spring 1975): 58–64. 24. To view the 2013 Bank of America Corporate Social Responsibility Report, visit http://newsroom.bankofamerica.com/press-release/ community-development/bank-america-releases-corporate-socialresponsibility-report. 25. For additional information about Starbucks’s activities in these and other areas having an impact on society, see https://www .starbucks.com/responsibility, accessed April 4, 2017. 26. Michael E. Porter and Mark R. Kramer, “The Competitive Advantage of Corporate Philanthropy,” Harvard Business Review (December 2002): 56–68. For discussion of the role of employees in promoting philanthropy in businesses, see Alan R. Muller, Michael D. Pfarrer, and Laura M. Little, “A Theory of Collective Empathy in Corporate Philanthropy Decisions,” Academy of Management Review 39, no. 1 (January 1, 2014): 1–21. 27. David A. Lubin and Daniel C. Esty, “The Sustainability Imperative,” Harvard Business Review 88, no. 5 (May 1, 2010). For a review of sustainability management research, see Amanda Williams, Steve Kennedy, Felix Philipp, and Gail Whiteman, “Systems thinking: A review of sustainability management research,” Journal of Cleaner Production, 148, no. 1 (April 2017): 866–881. 28. Jeffrey Pfeffer, “Building Sustainable Organizations: The Human Factor,” Academy of Management Perspective (February 2010): 34–45. 29. United Nations, Report of the World Commission on Environment and Development, United Nations General Assembly Resolution 42/187, December 1987. For a different viewpoint on the importance of sustainability, see John A. Vucetich and Michael P. Nelson, “Sustainability: Virtuous or Vulgar?,” BioScience 60, no. 7 (July/August 2010). 30. Vince Luchsinger, “Strategy Issues in Business Sustainability,” Business Renaissance Quarterly 4, no. 3 (Fall 2009): 163–174. 31. “PepsiCo Launches Groundbreaking Pilot Program to Reduce Carbon Footprint of Tropicana,” CSRWire, May 18, 2010, http:// www.csrwire.com. 32. Mark Hollingworth, “Building 360 Organizational Sustainability,” Ivey Business Journal Online (November/December 2009). 33. Ram Nidumolu, C. K. Prahalad, and M. R. Rangaswami, “Why Sustainability Is Now the Key Driver of Innovation,” Harvard Business Review (September 2009): 1. 34. Josette Akresh-Gonzales, “Herman Miller CEO Brian Walker on Meeting Sustainability Goals—With Customer Help,” Harvard Business Review (December 2009): 1. For an interesting outline of Bicardi Limited’s proactive position on sustainability, see “Bacardi Limited Charts Bold Course in Building a Sustainable Future,” PR Newswire Europe Including UK Disclose (February 4, 2014). 35. Michael S. Hopkins, “What Executives Don’t Get about Sustainability (and Further Notes on the Profit Motive),” MIT Sloan Management Review 51, no. 1 (Fall 2009): 40. 36. Michael S. Hopkins, “8 Reasons Sustainability Will Change Management,” MIT Sloan Management Review 51, no. 1 (Fall 2009): 27–30. 37. Daniel C. Esty and Andrew S. Winston, Green to Gold: How Smart Companies Use Environmental Strategy to Innovate, Create Value, and Build Competitive Advantage (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 2006). 38. Ram Nidumolu, C. K. Prahalad, and M. R. Rangaswami, “Why Sustainability Is Now the Key Driver of Innovation,” Harvard Business Review (September, 2009): 56–64. 39. “Strategic Tunnel Enhancement Programme (STEP), Abu Dhabi— Water Technology,” https://www.water-technology.net/projects/strategic-tunnel-enhancement-program-abu-dhabi/; Engineers Australia, “Technical Talk—Strategic Tunnel Enhancement Programme (STEP),” https://www.engineersaustralia.org.au/Event/technical-talk-strategictunnel-enhancement-programme-step; Binsal Abdul Kader, “Abu Dhabi to Recycle 100% of Waste Water within 3 Years,” GulfNews.com, October 12, 2014, https://gulfnews.com/news/uae/environment/ abu-dhabi-to-recycle-100-of-waste-water-within-3-years-1.1397536. 40. “Weis Markets Adds Sustainability Specialist,” Ecology, Environment & Conservation Business (May 8, 2010): 93. 41. DuPont Company, “2008 Sustainability Report,” 4. For ideas on how taking sustainability steps makes good business sense, see Michael S. Hopkins, “How SAP Made the Business Case for Sustainability,” MIT Sloan Management Review 52, no. 1(Fall 2010): 69–72. 42. DuPont 2015 Sustainability Progress Report, http://foodsecurity .dupont.com/about-us/food-security-goals/, accessed April 4, 2017.

M03_CERT5193_15_GE_C03.indd 96

43. For an interesting discussion of the ethical dilemma of fairly allocating an individual’s time between work and personal life, see Paul B. Hoffmann, “Balancing Professional and Personal Priorities,” Healthcare Executive (May/June 1994): 42. 44. Archie B. Carroll, “In Search of the Moral Manager,” Business Horizons (March/April 1987): 7–15. For a study linking the relationship between ethics and sustainability, see Lam D. Nguyen, Bahaudin G. Mujtaba, Chat N. Tran, and Quan H. M. Tran, “Sustainable Growth and Ethics: A Study of Business Ethics in Vietnam Between Business Students and Working Adults,” The South East Asian Journal of Management 7, no. 1 (April 2013): 41–56. 45. For an article outlining the relationship between ethics and management, see Elliott Jaques, “Ethics for Management,” Management Communication Quarterly 17 (2003): 136. 46. Sundeep Waslekar, “Good Citizens and Reap Rewards,” Asian Business (January 1994): 52. See also Genine Babakian, “Who Will Control Russian Advertising?,” Adweek [Eastern Edition] (August 1, 1994): 16. 47. Natalie M. Green, “Creating an Ethical Workplace,” Employment Relations Today 24, no. 2 (Summer 1997): 33–44. 48. “Helping Workers Helps Bottom Line,” Employee Benefit Plan Review (July 1990). 49. Sandy Lutz, “Psych Hospitals Fight for Survival,” Modern Healthcare (May 8, 1995): 62–65. 50. http://legislative.cancer.gov/hearings/research. 51. James B. Treece, “Nissan Rattles Japan with Tough Ethics Code,” Automotive News (May 4, 1998): 1, 49. To see Nissan’s ethics code, go to http://www.annualreportowl.com/Nissan/2013/Annual%20 Report?s=nissan+ethics+code. 52. Richard A. Spinell, “Lessons from the Salomon Scandal,” America (December 28, 1991): 476–477; Touche Ross, Ethics in American Business (New York: Touche Ross & Co., January 1988). For a view on developing a code of ethics for the workplace, see O. C. Ferrell, “An Assessment of the Proposed Academy of Marketing Science Code of Ethics for Marketing Educators,” Journal of Business Ethics 19, no. 2 (April 1999): 225–228. 53. For additional insights on how and why to create an ethical workplace, see Curt Smith, “The Ethical Workplace,” Association Management 52, no. 6 (June 2000): 70–73. 54. For an interesting study of ethics codes, see Lawrence Chonko, Thomas Wotruba, and Terry Loe, “Ethics Code Familiarity and Usefulness: Views on Idealist and Relativist Managers under Varying Conditions of Turbulence,” Journal of Business Ethics 42 (2003): 237. 55. Alan L. Otten, “Ethics on the Job: Companies Alert Employees to Potential Dilemmas,” Wall Street Journal, July 14, 1986, 25. 56. Based upon: http://www.socinfo.com/d2F5a.2c.d.html#1st page. 57. Gene R. Laczniak, “Framework for Analyzing Marketing Ethics,” Journal of Macromarketing (Spring 1983): 7–18. See also Patricia Haddock and Marilyn Manning, “Ethically Speaking,” Sky (March 1990): 128–131. 58. http://www.scu.edu/ethics/practicing/decision/framework.html. 59. For more discussion of such skills, see: www.eoa.org. 60. “Sustainability Guidelines for External Business Partners,” https:// www.pgsupplier.com/en/pg-values/sustainability.shtml. 61. Standard & Poor’s details Enron’s deception and its impact on the company’s rating in a letter to the House committee, PR News (March 20, 2002). 62. “Special Report: SEC Follows Up on Sarbanes–Oxley Reform Standards,” Directors & Trustees Digest 62, no. 3 (March 2003): 1. 63. John Schwartz, “Playing Know and Tell,” New York Times, June 9, 2002, 4.2. 64. The Associated Press, “Enron Ruling to Stand,” New York Times, November 22, 2006, 6. 65. Stephen M. Paskoff, “Ten Ethics Trends for 2010,” Workforce Management, December 2009, http://www.workforce.com. 66. Stacy Cowley, “Whistle-blower Wins $5 million and a Job Back,” New York Times, April 4, 2017, B1. 67. Gerald Calvasina, Richard Calvasina, and Eugene Calvasina, Journal of Legal, Ethical & Regulatory Issues 19, no. 1 (2016): 56–64. 68. “CVS Health Corporate Social Responsibility Activities Address Important National and Local Health Care Issues and Contribute to Economic Growth,” https://www.cvshealth.com/newsroom/pressreleases/cvs-health-corporate-social-responsibility-activitiesaddress-important.

25/09/18 4:49 PM

Management and Diversity

4

TA R G E T S K I L L Diversity Skill: the ability to establish and maintain an organizational workforce that represents a combination of assorted human characteristics appropriate for achieving organizational success

D I V E R S I T Y S K I L L A N D YO U R C A R E E R Diversity skill can be of great value to you in enhancing your management career. For example, this skill can help you build a more creative workforce. Enhanced workforce creativity will contribute to organizational success, build your image as a competent manager, make you valuable to your organization, and support promotions as you build your career.

OBJECTIVES To help build my diversity skill, when studying this chapter, I will attempt to acquire: 4-1 A definition of diversity 4-2 An understanding of the advantages of diversity in organizations 4-3 An awareness of the challenges facing managers within a diverse workforce

4-4 An understanding of the strategies for promoting diversity in organizations 4-5 Insights into how managers promote diversity

MyLab Management Chapter Warm Up If your instructor has assigned this activity, go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the chapter warm up. 97

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 97

14/09/18 5:28 PM

CHALLENGE CASE Diverse Employees Contribute to GE Lighting’s Bright Future

espite the common assumption that manufacturing jobs are disappearing, manufacturing companies face a hiring challenge. As experienced workers retire and technology advances, businesses need bright, hardworking employees who are comfortable with technology. GE Lighting is tapping the potential of the “millennial generation,” workers born between 1982 and 2000. According to general manager Ron Wilson, the share of millennials among his manufacturing engineers and managers has doubled. The company is smoothing the way by preparing these employees to succeed. Its two-year leadership training program gives operations employees challenging assignments and brings them into contact with senior management. At the level of factory floor workers, the company partners with local community colleges to prepare qualified young workers for high-tech manufacturing. This facilitates the development of the management employability skill of knowledge application, which is the ability to learn a concept and then appropriately apply that knowledge in another setting. As these new employees receive additional training, they are developing their knowledge application skill. By recruiting a new generation of production workers, GE Lighting brings together people of different ages. But that is hardly the only measure of this company’s diversity. While manufacturing has historically been dominated by men, GE Lighting’s CEO, Maryrose Sylvester, is an example of a talented woman finding opportunities at General Electric. Sylvester, who earned a bachelor’s degree in procurement and production management and a master’s in business administration, joined GE as an intern. She worked her way up, taking management positions in hightechnology and lighting industries. Now, as GE Lighting’s CEO, she is responsible for a $3 billion business employing 13,000 people, including 700 at the headquarters in Cleveland, Ohio. Sylvester earned her elevation to the CEO position by promoting technology leadership and increasing revenues. However, she appreciates the need to help people gain access to opportunities. In the 1990s, for example, she participated in launching a group called the GE Women’s Network. She also endorses GE Lighting’s support for the MC2 STEM High School in Cleveland (STEM stands for science, technology, engineering, and mathematics). Its students learn through completing projects and internships with

Tony Dejak/AP Images

D

General Electric president and CEO, Maryrose T. Sylvester, holds a journal taken out of the GE time capsule in Cleveland. local companies and by spending tenth grade at GE Lighting’s headquarters, where employees become mentors, tutoring and guiding them. When students master the high school’s math and science classes, they comprise a pool of talent right at GE’s doorstep. These efforts are part of GE’s corporate-wide diversity programs. Employees can find support and learn skills by joining affinity groups; a few are the African American Forum; the Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual, Transgender and Allies Alliance; and the Hispanic Forum. A chief diversity officer sets goals and measures results, meeting regularly with other top executives. Other diversity programs have specific goals to meet. For example, Get Skills to Work helps match up veterans with jobs where they can apply the skills they gained in the military, and STEM Camp encourages girls in junior high to explore science and technology. GE’s commitment to diversity is part of its corporate vision. GE is well known for rewarding performance and sees valuing diversity as a way to ensure that it finds and keeps the best talent, wherever it might be. GE Lighting is at an exciting point in its hundred-plusyear history. Light-emitting diodes (LEDs) and other new technology are opening up ways for consumers and businesses to enjoy the advantages of efficient lighting, and GE is expanding production globally. To succeed, it needs the best from all its employees.1

98

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 98

14/09/18 5:28 PM

CHAPTER 4   Management and Diversity



99

THE DIVERSITY CHALLENGE The Challenge Case illustrates the diversity challenge that GE Lighting’s management strives to carry out. The remaining material in this chapter explains diversity concepts and helps develop the corresponding diversity skill that you will need to succeed at meeting such challenges throughout your career. After studying chapter concepts, read the Challenge Case Summary at the end of the chapter to help you relate chapter content to building diversity at GE Lighting.

Defining Diversity Diversity refers to characteristics of individuals that shape their identities and the experiences they have in society. This chapter provides information about workforce diversity and discusses the strengths and weaknesses of a diverse workforce. Understanding diversity is essential for managers today because managing diversity will undoubtedly constitute a large portion of the management agenda well into the twenty-first century.2 This chapter describes some strategies for promoting social diversity in organizations. It also explains how diversity is related to the four management functions. Given the overarching nature of this topic, you will probably find yourself reflecting on diversity as you study future chapters. For example, you will reflect on diversity as you study the legal foundation for developing an inclusive workforce, affirmative action, and Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO), discussed in Chapter 12, and ideas about organizational change, discussed in Chapter 13.

4-1 A definition of diversity

The Social Implications of Diversity Workforce diversity is not a new issue in the United States. Although not always voluntarily, people from various other regions and cultures have been immigrating to its shores since colonial times. As a result, the American population has always been a mix of races, ethnicities, religions, social classes, physical abilities, and sexual orientations.3 These differences—along with the basic human differences of age and gender—comprise diversity. The purpose of exploring diversity issues in a management textbook is to suggest how managers might include diverse employees equally, accepting their differences and utilizing their talents.4

Majority and Minority Groups  Managers must understand the relationship

between two groups in organizations: majority groups and minority groups. Majority group refers to that group of people in the organization who hold most of the positions that command decision-making power, control of resources and information, and access to system rewards. Minority group refers to that group of people in the organization who are fewer in number than the majority group or who lack critical power, resources, acceptance, and social status. Together, the minority and majority group members form the entire social system of the organization. However, the majority group is not always the group that is larger in number: Sometimes, in fact, the minority group is actually greater in number. For example, women are seen as a minority group in many organizations because they are underrepresented in executive positions. In most health-care organizations, for instance, women outnumber men; although men are numerical minorities in health-care organizations, they are seldom denied social status because white males hold most positions of power in the health-care system hierarchy, such as physicians and health-care administrators.

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 99

14/09/18 5:28 PM

100

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

Advantages of Diversity in Organizations Managers are becoming more dedicated to seeking a wide range of talents from every group in American culture because they now realize that distinct advantages come from doing so.5 For one thing, as you will see in Chapter 17, group decisions often improve the quality of decision making. For another, work groups or teams that can draw on the contributions of a multicultural membership gain the advantage of a larger pool of information and a richer array of approaches to solve work problems.6

Ben Margot/AP Images

Gaining and Keeping Market Share

Safeway gained market share by hiring more women leaders and a workforce representative of its customer base.

4-2 An understanding of the advantages of diversity in organizations

Today, managers must understand increasingly diverse markets. Failure to discern customers’ preferences can cost a company its business in the United States and abroad. Some people argue that one of the best ways to ensure that an organization is able to penetrate diverse markets is to include diverse managers among the organization’s decision makers.7 Diversity in the managerial ranks has the additional advantage of enhancing a company’s credibility with customers. Employing a manager who is the same gender or ethnic background as that of customers may imply to those customers that their day-to-day experiences will be understood. One African American female manager found that her knowledge of customers paid off when she convinced her company to change the name of a product it intended to sell at Wal-Mart. “I knew that I had shopped for household goods at Wal-Mart, whereas the CEO of this company, a white, upper-middle-class male, had not. He listened to me and we changed the name of the product.” Morrison cites a case in which a company lost an important opportunity for new business in a southwestern city’s predominantly Hispanic community. The lucrative business ultimately went to a competitor that had put in charge of the project a Hispanic manager who solicited input from the Hispanic community. Consider how Safeway gained market share through diversity. One of North America’s largest food retailers, with about 1,700 grocery stores, Safeway faced increasingly stiff competition from companies such as Target and Wal-Mart. In response, Safeway initiated a program to position itself as an employer of choice. In addition, with 70 percent of its customers being women, Safeway wanted to expand its workforce diversity to be more consistent with its customer base. Safeway recognized that a diverse workforce would help the company better understand and respond to customer needs and create a competitive edge in the marketplace. With industry leadership traditionally male, Safeway’s initiative supporting women leaders broke from the norm. Today, management openly credits its past diversity efforts as the foundation of the present levels of diversity and profitability.8

Cost Savings Companies incur high costs in recruiting, training, relocating, and replacing employees and in providing competitive compensation packages. According to Morrison, Corning Corporation’s high turnover among women and people of color was costing the company an estimated $2 to $4 million a year. Many managers who were questioned for her study felt that the personnel expenses associated with turnover—often totaling as much as two-thirds of an organization’s budget—could be reduced by instituting diversity practices that would give nontraditional managers more incentive to stay. When nontraditional managers remain with an organization, nontraditional employees at lower levels feel more committed to the company. In addition to the personnel costs, executives are distressed by the high legal fees and staggering settlements resulting from lawsuits brought by employees who feel they have been

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 100

14/09/18 5:28 PM

CHAPTER 4   Management and Diversity



TABLE 4.1 

101

Advantages of a Diverse Workforce

Improved ability to gain and keep market share Cost savings Increased productivity A more innovative workforce Minority and women employees who are more motivated Better quality of managers Employees who have internalized the message that “different” does not mean “less than” A workforce that is more resilient when faced with change

discriminated against. For example, $17.7 million in damages was awarded to a woman employed by Texaco who claimed she had been passed over for a management promotion because of her gender. Executives are finally learning that such sums would be better spent on promoting diversity.

Increased Productivity and Innovation Many executives quoted in Morrison’s study believe productivity is higher in organizations that focus on diversity. These managers find that employees who feel valued, competent, and at ease in their work setting enjoy coming to work and perform at a high level. Morrison also cites a study by Donna Thompson and Nancy DiTomaso that concluded that a multicultural approach has a positive effect on employees’ perception of equity. This in turn has a positive effect on employees’ morale, goal setting, effort, and performance. The managers in Morrison’s study also saw innovation as a strength of a diverse workforce. In essence, diversity becomes the spark that ignites innovation.9

Better Quality Management Morrison also found that including nontraditional employees in fair competition for advancement usually improves the quality of management by providing a wider pool of talent. According to the research she cites, exposure to diverse colleagues helps managers develop breadth and openness. The quality of management can also be improved by creating more effective personnel policies and practices that, once developed, will benefit all employees in the organization, not just minorities. According to Morrison’s study, many of the programs initially developed for nontraditional managers resulted in improvements that were later successfully applied throughout the organization. For example, ideas such as adding training for mentors, upgrading techniques for developing managers, and improving processes for evaluating employees for promotion—all concepts originally intended to help nontraditional managers— were later adopted for wider use. See Table 4.1 for more information on the advantages of a diverse workforce. At first glance, the advantages of diversity to an organization seem undeniable. In a survey focusing on small to medium-sized enterprises, however, more managers disagreed that diversity contributes to performance than the number of managers that agreed.10 But these findings do not dispute the overall conclusion that diversity contributes to improved organizational performance. Instead, they seem to indicate that many managers still need to be convinced of the benefits that accrue to an organization through diversity.

MyLab Management Watch It If your instructor has assigned this activity, go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the video exercise.

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 101

14/09/18 5:28 PM

102

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

Challenges That Managers Face in Working with Diverse Populations 4-3 An awareness of the challenges facing managers within a diverse workforce

As you have seen, an organization may find numerous compelling reasons to encourage diversity in its workforce. For managers to appreciate the implications of promoting diversity fully, however, they must understand some of the challenges they will face in managing a diverse workforce. Changing demographics and several issues arising from these changes are discussed in the following sections.11

Changing Demographics Demographics are statistical characteristics of a population. They are also an important tool that managers can use to study workforce diversity. According to a report done for the U.S. Department of Labor by the Hudson Institute, the workforce and jobs of the twenty-first century will parallel changes in society and in the economy. This report indicates that five demographic issues will be especially important to managers in the twenty-first century:12 1. The population and the workforce will grow more slowly than at any time since the 1930s. 2. The average age of the population and the workforce will rise, and the pool of young workers entering the labor market will shrink. 3. More women will enter the workforce. 4. Minorities will make up a larger share of new entrants into the labor force. 5. Immigrants will represent the largest share of the increase in the general population and in the workforce. The changing demographics of a population over an extended period can give managers insight into future diversity management challenges. For example, Figure 4.1 provides projections for average annual percentage changes in various races of the U.S. population. According to the projections, the black population will grow at more than twice the annual rate of change of the white population between 1995 and 2050. Through 2020, the Asian and Pacific Islander population group is projected to be the fastest-growing population segment. By 2000, the Asian population had expanded to more than 11 million, and it will double its current size by 2020 and triple its current size by 2040. The American Indian, Eskimo, and Aleut segment is projected to grow but not nearly as significantly as the Asian segment. Growth of the Hispanic 1995–2000 2000–2010 2010–2020

Percent 4

2020–2030 2030–2040 2040–2050

3

2

1

0

21

Black

American Indian, Eskimo, and Aleut

Asian and Pacific Islander

Hispanic

White

Figure 4.1  Average annual percentage changes in the U.S. population by race, 1995–2050

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 102

14/09/18 5:28 PM

CHAPTER 4   Management and Diversity



103

population will also be a major element of total population growth. Each year from now to 2050, the Hispanic segment is projected to add more people to the U.S. population than the white segment will. Such demographic trends seem to indicate that the ability to handle diversity challenges will be valuable to managers in the future.

Multigenerational Workforce Another diversity-related challenge facing managers concerns the number of generations working in an organization. The more generations that a manager must manage, the more diverse the workforce and the more challenging the workforce is to manage. Managers commonly manage multiple generations on a daily basis. These generations have been labeled and defined as follows:13 The Millennial Generation or Generation Y. People born after 1980 turned 18 to 33 years old in 2014, are 27 percent of the adult population, and are 57 percent of the non-Hispanic white population. Generation X. People born between 1965 and 1980 turned 34 to 49 years old in 2014, are 27 percent of the adult population, and are 61 percent of the non-Hispanic white population. The Baby Boom Generation. People born between 1946 and 1964 turned 50 to 68 years old in 2014, are 32 percent of the adult population, and are 72 percent of the non-Hispanic white population. The Silent Generation. People born between 1928 and 1945 turned 69 to 86 years old in 2014, are 12 percent of the adult population, and are 79 percent of the non-Hispanic white population. Managing multiple generations is challenging because each generation brings its own unique experiences, values, and issues into the workplace. For example, baby boomers are staying in the workforce longer than previous generations did and are typically more interested in wellness, having part-time jobs, and having life longevity than other generations. On the other hand, Generation X is generally interested in a balance of personal life and work, while Generation Y is interested in being part of a team, working in a collaborative environment, and engaging with social media and other technologies.14 The manager’s job is to understand the array of generations that exist in the workplace and to shape them into an engaged, productive team. Reverse mentoring is one useful tool that managers can use to help create such a team. Reverse mentoring is a process that pairs a senior employee with a junior employee for the purpose of transferring work skills, such as Internet skills, from the junior employee to the more senior employee. Popularized by Jack Welch, the former CEO at General Electric Corporation, the program was credited with helping to spread Internet skills within the company and enabling the company to become better positioned for doing e-business. Overall, in shaping this productive multigenerational work team, managers should always keep in mind the special traits of each generation and use those traits to the organization’s advantage. For example, managers should keep in mind that millennials were raised on using social media. Enlisting the help of millennials in using social media to collect information quickly, make sense of it, and respond to it in real time should be helpful for quickly solving organizational problems.15

Ethnocentrism and Other Negative Dynamics The changing demographics described in the Hudson Institute’s report set in motion certain social dynamics that can interfere with workforce productivity. If an organization is to be successful in diversifying, it must neutralize these dynamics.

Ethnocentrism  Our natural tendency is to judge other groups less favorably than our own. This tendency is the source of ethnocentrism, the belief that one’s own group, culture, country, or customs are superior to those of others. Two related dynamics are prejudices and stereotypes. A prejudice is a preconceived judgment, opinion, or assumption about an issue, behavior, or group of people.16 A stereotype is a positive or negative assessment of members of

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 103

14/09/18 5:28 PM

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

104

a group or their perceived attributes. One example of stereotyping in the United States involves Muslims. Many Muslims living in the United States fear that because some Muslims are highprofile terrorists, Americans might tend to stereotype all Muslims as terrorists. U.S. Muslims represent more than 6 percent of the U.S. population; they constitute a disproportionate number of college graduates, professionals, and business owners in American society; and they are responsible for only a negligible amount of crime. Many argue that stereotyping all Muslims as terrorists is drastically unfair to the U.S. Muslim population. A recent study by the Pew Forum found that, of all groups in the United States, Muslims experience the most workplace discrimination.17 Overall, it is important for managers to know about negative dynamics such as ethnocentrism and stereotyping so that they can monitor their own perceptions and help their employees view diverse coworkers more accurately.

Discrimination  When verbalized or acted upon, these negative dynamics can cause discomfort and stress for the judged individual. In some cases, there is outright discrimination. Discrimination is the act of treating an issue, person, or behavior unjustly or inequitably on the basis of stereotypes and prejudices. Consider the person with a disability who is turned down for a promotion because the boss feels that this employee is incapable of handling the frequent travel required for this particular job. The boss’s prejudgment of this employee’s capabilities on the basis of his or her “difference”—and implementation of the prejudgment through differential treatment—constitutes discrimination. Or consider an older worker who is turned down for a job because the manager thinks the worker is too old for the job. The actual turning down of the potential employee based on this managerial feeling could be considered age discrimination.18 Tokenism and Other Challenges  Discrimination occurs when stereotypes are acted upon in ways that affect hiring, pay, or promotion practices—for example, when older employees are steered into less visible job assignments, which are unlikely to provide opportunities for advancement. Other challenges facing minorities and women include the pressure to conform to the organization’s culture, extreme penalties for mistakes, and tokenism. Tokenism refers to being one of the few members of your group in the organization.19 “Token” employees are given either very high or very low visibility in the organization. One African American male indicated that his white female manager “discouraged” him from joining voluntary committees and task forces within the company—and at the same time, in his performance appraisal she criticized him for being “aloof” and taking a “low-profile approach.” In other cases, minorities are seen as representatives or spokespeople for all members of their group. As such, they are subject to high expectations and scrutiny from members of their P R A C T I C A L C H A L L E N G E : S E T T I N G D I V E R S I T Y TA R G E T S

Pinterest Sets Hiring Goals for a More Diverse Workforce

I

n July 2015, Pinterest realized it had a major diversity problem. About 80 percent of its high-tech employees were male and most of those were either white or Asian. So the 800-employee company made diversity hiring a priority. First, it required that every time a manager conducted interviews for a leadership role, that manager had to interview one female and one person from an underrepresented demographic. Next, Pinterest broadened the number and kinds of universities where it conducted recruiting. Third, every employee is required to receive training on bias and diversity. And

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 104

finally, the company instituted a mentoring program for black software engineers. Each of these steps had an immediate impact on the diversity of the growing Pinterest workforce. But executives didn’t stop there. They typically received many candidates simply through referrals of existing employees. So they asked employees to try and refer more women and candidates with more diverse backgrounds. After only six weeks, the number of female referrals increased by 26 percent and there were 55 times more candidates from ethnically diverse backgrounds than before.20

14/09/18 5:28 PM



CHAPTER 4   Management and Diversity

105

own group. One Latino male employee described how other Latinos in the company “looked up to him” for his achievements in the organization. In general, ethnocentrism, prejudices, and stereotypes inhibit people’s ability to process information accurately. Sometimes, however, people of color are the most compelling spokespersons in promoting the issue of diversity. In 1983, an African American lawyer in New York named James O’Neal founded a program called Legal Outreach to increase diversity in the legal profession. The program helps African American students in New York elementary schools prepare for careers in law. Legal Outreach’s comprehensive program includes after-school academic support, workshops that teach study and life skills, college preparation courses, field trips, and more. Now nationally acclaimed, the program has succeeded in sending more than 300 students to college, two-thirds of them to some of the nation’s most prestigious institutions. Eighty-five percent graduate in four years, and more than one-third go on to graduate or law school. Legal Outreach stands as a model of a pipeline diversity program for other cities to replicate.21

Negative Dynamics and Specific Groups The following sections discuss these negative dynamics more fully as they pertain to women, minorities, older workers, and workers with disabilities.

Women  Rosabeth Moss Kanter has researched the pressures women managers face. In her classic study of gender dynamics in organizations, she emphasizes as one of those pressures the high expectations women have of other women.22 Gender Roles  Women in organizations confront gender-role stereotypes, or percep-

tions about people based on what our society believes are appropriate behaviors for men and women. Both sexes find their self-expression constrained by gender-role stereotyping. For example, women in organizations are often assumed to be good listeners, an attribution based on our societal view that women are nurturing. Although this assessment is a positive one, it is not true of all women or of any one woman all the time—hence the negative side of this stereotypical expectation of women in the workplace. Women professionals, for instance, often remark that they are frequently sought out by colleagues who want to discuss non-work-related problems. Women managers also describe the subtle sanctions they experience from both men and women when they do not fulfill the expectations that they will be nurturing managers.

The Glass Ceiling and Sexual Harassment  A serious form of discrimination

affecting women in organizations has been dubbed the glass ceiling.23 The term refers to an invisible “ceiling,” or barrier, to advancement.24 This term, originally coined to describe the limits confronting women, is now also used to describe the experiences of other minorities in organizations. Although both women and men struggle to balance work and family concerns, it is still more common for women to assume the primary responsibility for household management as well as their careers, and sometimes they are denied opportunities for advancement because of this stereotype. Sexual harassment, another form of discrimination, is defined as any unwanted sexual language, behavior, or imagery negatively affecting an employee.25 According to the Equal Opportunity Commission, sexual harassment may include requests for sexual favors when such favors explicitly or implicitly become a term or condition of an individual’s employment or education. Managers must keep in mind that, although sexual harassment more often targets women, men can also be victims of sexual harassment in the workplace or educational settings.

Minorities  Racial, ethnic, and cultural minorities also confront inhibiting stereotypes

about their groups. Like women, they must deal with misunderstandings and expectations based on their ethnic or cultural origins. Many members of ethnic or racial minority groups have been socialized to be members of two cultural groups—the dominant culture and their particular racial or ethnic culture. Ella Bell, professor of organizational behavior at Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), refers to this dual membership as biculturalism. In her study of African American women, she terms the

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 105

14/09/18 5:28 PM

106

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

stress of coping with membership in two cultures simultaneously as bicultural stress.26 She also indicates that role conflict (having to fill competing roles because of membership in two cultures) and role overload (having too many expectations to fulfill comfortably) are common characteristics of bicultural stress. Although these are problems for many minority groups, they are particularly intense for women of color because this group experiences negative dynamics affecting both minorities and women. Internalized norms and values of one’s culture of origin can lead to problems and misunderstandings in the workplace, particularly when a manager relies solely on the cultural norms of the majority group while dealing with people not of that group. According to the norms of American culture, for example, it is acceptable—even beneficial—to praise an individual publicly for a job well done. In cultures that place primary value on group harmony and collective achievement, however, this way of rewarding an employee can cause emotional discomfort because the employee may fear that, if praised publicly, she will “lose face” in her group. Being a woman and a member of a minority group can present a double hurdle in investment banking. For this reason, leadership at Morgan Stanley initiated its Emerging Manager Program to identify and support up-and-coming asset managers, particularly women of color. The program seeks to partner with and provide capital to asset managers in underrepresented segments (such as women-owned and minority-owned businesses). The goal is to increase the number of female and minorities in asset management, thereby creating a broader pool of talent and ultimately enhancing business results.27

Layland Masuda/Shutterstock

Effective managers retain their valuable older workers by recognizing and meeting their special needs.

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 106

Older Workers  Older workers are a significant and valuable component of the labor force.28 Approximately 16 million Americans over 55 years of age are employed or looking for work. Older workers are becoming an important labor force component. From 2002 to 2012, progressively fewer younger employees were available for hire because of the slow population growth between 1966 and 1985. During this same period, the pool of older workers available for hire increased faster than that of any other age segment and comprised more than 19 percent of the labor market.29 Anticipating this simultaneous shortage of younger workers and increase in the number of older workers in the labor market, many managers have recommended that now is the time to start recruiting older workers.30 Successful tactics for recruiting older workers include asking for referrals from current employees, using employment agencies, contacting local senior citizens community groups, and surveying members of various churches. Advantages of hiring older workers include their willingness to work nontraditional schedules, their ability to serve as mentors, and their strong work ethic. Disadvantages of hiring older workers might include their lack of technology experience and possible increased benefit costs to the organization due to their health-care needs. Once hired, management must focus on meeting the needs of older workers. For example, management must understand issues such as job preferences and that the personal needs of older versus younger workers are normally different. As a result, management may have to take special steps to meet the needs of the two different groups of workers. However, such steps will help management retain older workers and encourage older workers to be as productive as possible.31 Stereotypes and Prejudices  Older workers face some specific challenges because of managers’ views of older people. Stereotypes and prejudices link age with senility, incompetence, and lack of worth in the labor market. Jeffrey Sonnenfeld, an expert on senior executives and older workers, compiled research findings from several studies of older employees. He found that managers view older workers as “deadwood” and seek to “weed them out” through pension incentives, biased performance appraisals, and other methods.32 Sonnenfeld’s compilation of research indicates that even though older managers are more cautious, less likely to take risks, and less open to change than younger managers, many are high performers. Studies that tracked individuals’ careers over the long term conclude that a peak in performance occurs at about age 45 to 50, and a second peak occurs at about age 55 to 60. Performance in some fields (e.g., sales) either improves with age or does not significantly decline.

14/09/18 5:28 PM

CHAPTER 4   Management and Diversity



107

It is thus the manager’s responsibility to value older workers for their contributions to the organization and to see that they are treated fairly. This task requires an understanding of and sensitivity to the physiological and psychological changes that older workers sometimes experience. Supporting older workers also requires paying attention to how performance appraisal processes, retirement incentives, training programs, blocked career paths, union insurance pensions, and affirmative action goals affect this segment of the workforce.

Workers with Disabilities  People with disabilities are subject to the same negative

dynamics that plague women, minorities, and older workers. For example, one manager confessed that before he attended diversity training sessions offered through a nearby university, he felt “uncomfortable” around people who are disabled. One professional with a disability reported that she was always received warmly over the phone and told that her background was exactly what the company was looking for, but when she showed up for job interviews, she was often rebuffed and informed that her credentials were insufficient. Many companies are rejecting such negative dynamics, however, and taking proactive steps to employ workers with disabilities. For example, Walgreens Company, the nation’s largest drugstore chain, proactively pursues the hiring of workers with disabilities. The company’s 670,000-square-foot distribution center in Anderson, South Carolina, which services stores throughout the southeastern United States, was designed to be adaptable to the needs of workers with disabilities. Nearly half the facility’s 700 employees have a disability of some kind, such as autism, mental retardation, and hearing or vision impairments. The facility’s success has prompted the company to increase its hiring of candidates with disabilities. Careers and the Disabled magazine named Walgreens the “Private-Sector Employer of the Year” for its commitment to hiring and promoting workers with disabilities.33

Strategies for Promoting Diversity in Organizations This section looks at several approaches to diversity and strategies that managers can consider as they plan for promoting cultural diversity in their organizations. First, the six strategies for modern management offered by the Hudson Institute report focusing on the twenty-firstcentury workforce are explored. Then the requirements of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, which is legally empowered to regulate organizations to ensure that management practices enhance diversity, are discussed, along with affirmative action. Next, promoting diversity through various levels of commitment is covered. Finally, promoting diversity through pluralism is discussed.

4-4 An understanding of the strategies for promoting diversity in organizations

Promoting Diversity through Hudson Institute Strategies According to the Hudson Institute, six major issues demand the full attention of U.S. business leaders of the twenty-first century and require them to take the following actions:34 1. Stimulate balanced world growth—The United States must pay less attention to its share of world trade and more attention to the growth of the economies of other nations of the world, including the nations in Europe, Latin America, and Asia, with which the United States competes. 2. Accelerate productivity increases in service industries—Prosperity will depend much more on how quickly output per worker increases in health care, education, retailing, government, and other services than on gains in manufacturing. 3. Maintain the dynamism of an aging workforce—As the age of the average American worker climbs toward 40, the nation must make sure that its workforce does not lose its adaptability and willingness to learn. 4. Reconcile the conflicting needs of women, work, and families—Despite a huge influx of women into the workforce in the last two decades, many organizational policies covering pay, fringe benefits, time away from work, pensions, welfare, and other issues do not yet reflect this new reality.

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 107

14/09/18 5:28 PM

108

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

5. Fully integrate African American and Hispanic workers into the economy—The decline in the number of “traditional” white male workers among younger workers, the rapid pace of industrial change, and the increasing skill requirements of the emerging economy make the full utilization of minority workers a particularly urgent necessity for the future. 6. Improve the education and skills of all workers—Human capital (knowledge, skills, organization, and leadership) is the key to economic growth and competitiveness. As these key strategies for modern management suggest, many of the most significant managerial challenges that lie ahead result from dramatic demographic shifts and other complex societal issues. Organizations—and ultimately their leaders and managers—will need to clarify their own social values as they confront these dynamics. Social values, discussed further in Chapter 9, are the relative worth society places on different ways of existence and functioning. The six strategies outlined in the Hudson Institute report strongly imply that organizations need to become more inclusive—that is, to welcome a broader mix of employees and to develop an organizational culture that maximizes the value and potential of each worker. As with any major initiative, commitment to developing an inclusive organization begins at the top of the organizational hierarchy. However, on a day-to-day operational basis, each manager’s level of commitment is a critical determinant of how well or how poorly the organization’s strategies and approaches will be implemented.

Promoting Diversity through Equal Employment and Affirmative Action The Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) is the federal agency that enforces the laws regulating recruiting and other management practices. Chapter 12 contains a more extended discussion of the EEOC. Affirmative action programs are designed to eliminate barriers and increase opportunities for underutilized or disadvantaged individuals. These programs are positive steps toward promoting diversity and have created career opportunities for both women and minority groups. Unquestionably, complying with EEOC legislation can help to promote diversity in organizations and, as a result, help organizations gain the many diversity-related advantages discussed earlier. On the other hand, not following the legislation can be expensive. Table 4.2 highlights a number of recent EEOC settlements that illustrate how ignoring EEOC legislation can be expensive. Overall, managers should view the EEOC as a source of guidance on how to

TABLE 4.2 

Sample EEOC Case Settlements

EEOC Wins Record Settlement for Former Texas-Based Sara Lee Factory Workers Federal authorities announced a record $4 million settlement for former Sara Lee factory workers based on allegations that the company’s Paris, Texas, plant subjected some of its black employees to a racially hostile work environment.35 Sheriff, County Settle with Former Deputy A civil rights lawsuit against eastern Oregon Malheur County and Malheur County Sheriff Brian Wolfe came to an end with a settlement agreement. In brief, Brad Williams accused Wolfe of discriminatory employment practices with respect to religion, retaliation, and violation of Brad Williams’s civil rights. Williams received a settlement sum of $475,000.36 EEOC Reaches $95K Settlement in Disability Discrimination Suit A title insurance company based in Rockville, Maryland, has agreed to pay $95,000 to settle a case brought by the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission on behalf of a former employee who claimed she was fired after requesting a part-time schedule to accommodate treatments for her kidney disease.37 EEOC HIV Discrimination Settlement: Lessons for Employers The EEOC has settled an HIV discrimination lawsuit. Gregory Packing, the manufacturer and distributor of Suncup juice products, agreed to pay $125,000 to settle charges that it illegally terminated a machine operator after learning he was HIV positive.38

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 108

14/09/18 5:28 PM

CHAPTER 4   Management and Diversity



Broad-based diversity efforts based on: • Effective implementation of affirmative action and EEOC policies • Organization-wide assessment and management’s top-down commitment to diversity • Managerial commitment tied to organizational rewards • Ongoing processes of organization assessment and programs for the purpose of creating an organizational climate that is inclusive and supportive of diverse groups

109

Figure 4.2 Organizational diversity continuum

Diversity efforts based on: • Effective implementation of affirmative action and EEOC policies • Ongoing education and training programs • Managerial commitment tied to organizational rewards • Minimal attention directed toward cultivating an inclusive and supportive organizational climate Diversity efforts based on: • Narrowly defined affirmative action and EEOC policies combined with one-shot education and/or training programs • Inconsistent managerial commitment; rewards not tied to effective implementation of diversity programs and goal achievement • No attention directed toward organizational climate Diversity efforts based on: • Compliance with and enforcement of affirmative action and EEOC policies • No organizational supports with respect to education, training • Inconsistent or poor managerial commitment Diversity efforts based on: • Compliance with affirmative action and EEOC policies • Inconsistent enforcement and implementation (those who breach policies may not be sanctioned unless noncompliance results in legal action) • Support of policies is not rewarded; organization relies on individual managers’ interest or commitment No diversity efforts: • Noncompliance with affirmative action and EEOC

build organizational diversity and reap its related advantages rather than as a source of punishment when EEOC legislation is not followed. Still, organizations can do much more. For example, some employees are hostile toward affirmative action programs because they feel these programs have been misused to create reverse discrimination—that is, they discriminate against members of the majority group in order to help groups that are underrepresented in the organization. When management implements appropriate legal approaches but stops short of developing a truly multicultural organization, intergroup conflicts are highly likely.

Promoting Diversity through Organizational Commitment Figure 4.2 shows the range of organizational commitment to multiculturalism. At the top of the continuum are organizations that have committed resources, planning, and time to the ongoing shaping and sustaining of a multicultural organization. At the bottom of the continuum are organizations that make no effort whatsoever to achieve diversity in their workforces. Most organizations fall somewhere between the extremes depicted in the figure.

Ignoring Differences  Some organizations make no effort to promote diversity and do not even bother to comply with affirmative action and EEOC standards. These organizations

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 109

14/09/18 5:28 PM

110

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

send a clear message to their employees that the dynamics of difference are unimportant. By ignoring EEOC policies, they send their managers the even more detrimental message that it is permissible to maintain exclusionary practices.

Complying with External Policies  Some organizations base their diversity

strategies solely on compliance with affirmative action and EEOC policies. They make no attempt to provide education and training for employees, nor do they use the organization’s reward system to reinforce managerial commitment to diversity. Managers in some companies in this category breach company affirmative action and EEOC policies with impunity. When top management does not discipline them, the likelihood of costly legal action against the organization increases.

Enforcing External Policies  Some organizations go so far as to enforce affirmative action and EEOC policies but provide no organizational support for diversity education or training. Managerial commitment to a diverse workforce is either weak or inconsistent. Responding Inadequately  Other organizations comply fully with affirmative

action and EEOC policies but define these policies quite narrowly. Organizational systems and structures are inadequate to support real organizational change. In addition, education and training in diversity are sporadic, and managerial rewards for implementing diversity programs are inconsistent or nonexistent. Although these organizations may design some useful programs, the programs are unlikely to result in any long-term organizational change, and thus the organizational climate never becomes truly receptive to diverse groups.

Implementing Adequate Programs  Some organizations effectively implement affirmative action and EEOC policies, provide ongoing education and training programs pertaining to diversity, and tie managerial rewards to success in meeting diversity goals and addressing diversity issues. However, such companies may still make only a minimal attempt to cultivate the kind of inclusive and supportive organizational climate in which employees will feel comfortable. Compliance with EEOC policies is one way to promote diversity.

Taking Effective Action  The most effective diversity efforts are based on managerial implementation of affirmative action and EEOC policies that are developed in conjunction with an organization-wide assessment of the company’s systems and structures. Such an assessment is necessary to determine how these systems and structures support or hinder diversity goals. Generally, for such a comprehensive assessment to take place, top management must accept the idea that diversity is important to the company. Actually, support from the top is critical to all successful diversity efforts and underlies tying organizational rewards to managers’ commitment to diversity. Ongoing assessment and continuing programs are also necessary to create an organizational climate that is inclusive and supportive of diverse groups.

Promoting Diversity through Pluralism

Auremar/Fotolia

Pluralism refers to an environment in which differences are acknowledged, accepted, and seen as significant contributors to the entirety. A diverse workforce is most effective when managers are capable of guiding the organization toward achieving pluralism. Approaches or strategies to achieve effective workforce diversity have been classified into five major categories by Jean Kim of Stanford University:39

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 110

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

“Golden Rule” approach Assimilation approach “Righting-the-wrongs” approach Culture-specific approach Multicultural approach Each approach is described briefly in the following sections.

14/09/18 5:28 PM

CHAPTER 4   Management and Diversity



111

T I P S FO R M A N AG I N G A RO U N D T H E G LO B E

Deloitte UK “Hides” College and University Degrees

T

he professional services firm Deloitte, with offices in the United Kingdom, has begun a new hiring strategy to promote diversity. When candidates apply for a position, the hiring manager is not privy to which university or college the candidate attended. This is known as a “blind CV” hiring strategy. CV stands for “curriculum vitae” and is another name for a résumé. According to David Sproul, senior partner and chief executive of Deloitte UK, hiring managers receive a “contextualization” of a candidate’s experience that

details the person’s experience and overall academic performance without giving away where the individual went to school. This ensures that those who come from a socially disadvantaged background have the same opportunity as candidates who graduated from the most prestigious universities. Only after a job offer is made is the candidate’s alma mater revealed. Sproul indicates that this helps the social mobility of those who come from economically depressed areas and diversifies the types of employees Deloitte UK hires.40

“Golden Rule” Approach  The “Golden Rule” approach to diversity relies on the bib-

lical dictate “Do unto others as you would have them do unto you.”41 The major strength of this approach is that it emphasizes individual morality. Its major flaw is that individuals apply the Golden Rule from their own particular frames of reference without knowing the cultural expectations, traditions, and preferences of the other person. One African American male manager recalled a situation in which he was having difficulty scheduling a work-related event. In exasperation, he suggested scheduling the event for a Saturday. He was then reminded by a coworker that many of the company’s Jewish employees go to religious services on Saturday. He was initially surprised but then somewhat embarrassed that he had simply assumed that “all people” attend “church” on Sunday.

“Righting-the-Wrongs” Approach  “Righting the wrongs” is an approach that addresses past injustices experienced by a particular group. When a group’s history places its members at a disadvantage for achieving career success and mobility, policies are developed to create a more equitable set of conditions. For example, the original migration of African Americans to the United States was forced on them as slaves. Righting-the-wrongs approaches are designed to compensate for the damages African Americans have suffered because of historical inequalities. This approach most closely parallels the affirmative action policies, which will be discussed in Chapter 12. It goes beyond affirmative action, however, because it emphasizes drawing on the unique talents of each group in the service of organizational productivity.

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 111

The multicultural approach to pluralism assumes that an entire organization must change in order to accept the diversity of its workforce.

GaudiLab/Shutterstock

Assimilation Approach  The assimilation approach advocates shaping organization members so that they fit in with the existing culture of the organization. This approach pressures employees who do not belong to the dominant culture to conform—at the expense of their own cultures and worldviews. The end result is a homogeneous culture that suppresses the creativity and diversity of views that could benefit the organization. One African American woman in middle management said, “I always felt uncomfortable in very formal meetings. I tend to be very animated when I talk, which is not the norm for the company. Until I became more comfortable with myself and my style, I felt inhibited. I was tempted to try to change my style to fit in.”

14/09/18 5:28 PM

112

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

Culture-Specific Approach  The culture-specific approach teaches employees the

norms and practices of another culture to prepare them to interact with people from that culture effectively. This approach is often used to help employees prepare for international assignments. The problem with this approach is that it usually fails to give employees a genuine appreciation for the culture they are about to encounter. Stewart Black and Hal Gregersen, in their study of managers on assignment in foreign countries, found that some managers identify much more with the parent firm than with the local operation.42 For instance, one male manager, after spending two years opening retail outlets throughout Europe, viewed Europeans as “lazy and slow to respond to directives.” Obviously, his training and preparation had failed to help him adjust to the European host countries and to appreciate their peoples and cultures.

Multicultural Approach  The multicultural approach gives employees the opportu-

nity to develop an appreciation both for differences of a culture and for variations in personal characteristics. This approach focuses on how interpersonal skills and attitudinal changes relate to organizational performance. One of its strengths is that it assumes the organization itself—as well as the individuals working within it—will be required to change in order to accommodate the diversity of the organization’s workforce. The multicultural approach is probably the most effective approach to pluralism because it advocates change on the part of management, employees, and organization systems and structures. It has the added advantage of stressing that equity demands making some efforts to “right the wrongs” so that underrepresented groups are fairly included throughout the organization.

How Managers Promote Diversity 4-5 Insights into how managers promote diversity

Managers play an essential role in bringing forth the potential capabilities of each person within their departments. This task requires competencies that are anchored in the four basic management functions of planning, organizing, influencing, and controlling. In this context, planning refers to the manager’s role in developing programs to promote diversity, while organizing, influencing, and controlling take place in the implementation phases of those programs.

Planning Recall from Chapter 1 that planning is a specific action proposed to help the organization achieve its objectives. It is an ongoing process that includes troubleshooting and continually identifying areas where improvements can be made. Planning for diversity may involve selecting diversity training programs for the organization or setting diversity goals for employees within the department. Setting goals for the recruitment of members of underrepresented groups is a key component of diversity planning. If top management has identified Hispanics as an underrepresented group within the company, every manager throughout the company will need to collaborate with the human resources department to achieve the organizational goal of increased Hispanic representation. For example, a manager might establish goals and objectives for the increased representation of this group within five years. To achieve this five-year vision, the manager will need to set benchmark goals for each year.

Organizing According to Chapter 1, organizing is the process of establishing orderly uses for all resources within the management system. To achieve a diverse workplace, managers have to work with human resource professionals in the areas of recruitment, hiring, and retention so that the best match is made between the company and the employees it hires. Managerial responsibilities in this area may include establishing task forces or committees to explore issues and provide ideas, carefully choosing work assignments to support the career development of all employees, and evaluating the extent to which diversity goals are being achieved.

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 112

14/09/18 5:28 PM

CHAPTER 4   Management and Diversity



113

After managers have begun hiring from a diverse pool of employees, they will need to focus on retaining them by paying attention to the many concerns of a diverse workforce. In the case of employees with families, skillfully using the organization’s resources to support their needs of daycare for dependents, allowing flexible work arrangements in keeping with company policy, and assigning and reassigning work responsibilities equitably to accommodate the use of family leave are all examples of managers applying the organizing function.

Influencing According to Chapter 1, influencing is the process of guiding the activities of organization members in appropriate directions. Integral to this management function are an effective leadership style, good communication skills, knowledge about how to motivate others, and an understanding of the organization’s culture and group dynamics. In the area of diversity, influencing organization members means that managers not only must encourage and support employees to participate constructively in a diverse work environment but also must themselves engage in the career development and training processes that will give them the skills to facilitate the smooth operation of a diverse work community. Managers are also accountable for informing their employees of breaches of organizational policy and etiquette. Let us assume that the diversity strategy selected by top management includes educating employees about organizational policies concerning diversity (e.g., making sure that employees understand what constitutes sexual harassment) as well as providing workshops for employees on specific cultural diversity issues. The manager’s role in this case would be to hold employees accountable for learning about company diversity policies and complying with them. Managers could accomplish this task by consulting with staff and holding regular group meetings and one-on-one meetings when necessary. To encourage participation in diversity workshops, the manager may need to communicate to employees the importance that the organization places on this knowledge base. Alternatively, the manager might choose to tie organizational rewards to the development of diversity competencies. Examples of such rewards are giving employees public praise or recognition and providing workers with opportunities to use their diversity skills in desirable work assignments.

Controlling Overseeing compliance with the legal stipulations of the EEOC and affirmative action is one aspect of the controlling function in the area of diversity. According to Chapter 1, controlling is the set of activities that make something happen as planned. Hence, the evaluation activities

STEPS FOR SUCCESS

Generation Z Members and Their Challenges

I

t’s always a dangerous proposition to make broad generalizations about any demographic, but organizations have already noted some key characteristics of the newest generation to enter the workforce: Generation Z. Whether they’re called postmillennials, the information generation, the iGeneration, or the homeland generation, Generation Z members are the group born after 1995 and have come right on the heels of the millennials. You are probably a member of this generation, and you’ll be shaping the workplace for many years. Researchers studying this generation have noted that Generation Z members are more ethnically diverse and

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 113

technologically savvy than any previous generation. Trends in intermarriage as well as immigration have created diversity in the American population not seen before. Your generation also uses social media, mobile phones, and other technology in ways that make your life more convenient and even more customized.43 Managers have discovered that you’re not necessarily as keen on the latest and greatest as the millennials were. Plus, you’re more likely to join a midsize company rather than a highly diversified, global giant corporation. But studies show that you’re much more likely to seek out training, and a flexible work schedule is more desired than one with set hours.44

14/09/18 5:28 PM

114

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

necessary to assess diversity efforts are part of the controlling role that managers play in shaping a multicultural workforce. Managers may find this function to be the most difficult of the four to execute. It is not easy to evaluate planned-change approaches in general, and it is particularly hard to do so in the area of diversity. The most successful diversity approaches often reveal more problems as employees begin to speak openly about their concerns. In addition, subtle attitudinal changes in one group’s perception of another group are difficult to measure. What can be accurately measured are the outcome variables of turnover; representation of women, minorities, and other underrepresented groups at all levels of the company; and legal problems stemming from inappropriate or illegal behaviors (e.g., discrimination and sexual harassment). Managers engaged in the controlling function in the area of diversity need to monitor their units’ progress continually with respect to diversity goals and standards. They must also decide what control measures to use (e.g., indicators of productivity, turnover, absenteeism, or promotion) and how to interpret the information these measures yield in light of diversity goals and standards. For example, a manager may need to assess whether the low rate of promotions for African American men in her department is due to subtle biases against this group or group members’ poor performance compared to that of others in the department. She may find that she needs to explore current organizational dynamics as well as create effective supports for this group. Such supports might include fostering greater social acceptance of African American men among other employees, learning more about the African American males’ bicultural experiences in the company, making mentoring or other opportunities available to members of this group, and providing them with some specific job-related training.

Management Development and Diversity Training Given the complex set of managerial skills needed to promote diversity, it is obvious that managers will need organizational support if the company is to achieve its diversity goals. One important component of the diversity strategy of a large number of companies is diversity training.45 Diversity training is a learning process designed to raise managers’ awareness and develop their competencies to deal with the issues endemic to managing a diverse workforce. Managers are recognizing more and more often that a diverse workforce is critical to the exploration of new ideas and the creation of innovation in organizations and that diversity training is a valuable tool in achieving this diversity.46

Basic Themes of Diversity Training  Training is the process of developing

qualities in human resources that will make employees more productive and better able to contribute to organizational goal attainment. Some companies develop intensive programs for management and less intensive, more generalized programs for other employees. Such programs are discussed further in Chapter 12 and generally focus on the following five components or themes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Behavioral awareness Acknowledgment of biases and stereotypes Focus on job performance Avoidance of assumptions Modification of policy and procedure manuals

Stages in Managing a Diverse Workforce  Donaldson and Scannell, authors

of Human Resource Development: The New Trainer’s Guide, have developed a four-stage model to describe how managers progress in managing a diverse workforce.47 In the first stage, known as “unconscious incompetence,” managers are unaware that some behaviors they engage in are problematic for members of other groups. In the second stage, “conscious incompetence,” managers go through a learning process in which they become conscious of the behaviors that hinder their competence in their interactions with members of diverse groups. The third stage is one of becoming “consciously competent.” Managers learn how to interact with diverse groups and cultures by deliberately thinking about how to behave. In the last stage, “unconscious competence,” managers have internalized these new behaviors and feel so

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 114

14/09/18 5:28 PM

CHAPTER 4   Management and Diversity



TABLE 4.3 

115

Organizational Challenges and Supports Related to Managing a Diverse Workforce

Organizational Challenges

Organizational Supports

Employees’ difficulties in coping with cultural diversity

Educational programs and training to assist employees in working through difficulties

Resistance to change

Top-down management support for diversity

Ethnocentrism

Managers who have diversity skills and competence

Lack of information and misinformation Prejudices, biases, and stereotypes Reasons employees are unmotivated to understand cultural differences: Lack of time and energy and unwillingness to assume the emotional risk necessary to explore issues of diversity Absence of social or concrete rewards for investing in diversity work Interpersonal and intergroup conflicts arising when diversity issues are either ignored or mismanaged Work-group problems Lack of cohesiveness

Education and training Awareness raising Peer support Organizational climate that supports diversity Open communication with manager about diversity issues Recognition for employee development of diversity skills and competencies Recognition for employee contributions to diversity goals Organizational rewards for managers’ implementation of organizational diversity goals and objectives

Communication problems Employee stress

comfortable relating to others different from themselves that they need to devote little conscious effort to do so. Managers who have progressed to the “unconscious competence” stage will be the most effective with respect to interacting in a diverse workforce. Effective interaction is key to carrying out the four management functions previously discussed. Table 4.3 summarizes our discussion of the challenges facing those who manage a diverse workforce. Managers, who are generally responsible for controlling organizational goals and outcomes, are accountable for understanding these diversity challenges and recognizing the dynamics described here. In addition to treating employees fairly, they must influence other employees to cooperate with the company’s diversity goals.

Understanding and Influencing Employee Responses  Managers can-

not rise to the challenges of managing a diverse workforce unless they recognize that many employees have difficulties coping with diversity. Among these difficulties are natural resistance to change, ethnocentrism, and lack of information and outright misinformation about other groups, as well as prejudices, biases, and stereotypes. Some employees lack the motivation to understand and cope with cultural differences, which require time, energy, and a willingness to take some emotional risks. Another problem is that employees often receive no social rewards (e.g., peer support and approval) or concrete rewards (e.g., financial compensation or career opportunities) for cooperating with the organization’s diversity policies. Despite all these difficulties, managers cannot afford to ignore or mismanage diversity issues because the cost of doing so is interpersonal and causes intergroup conflicts. These conflicts often affect the functioning of the work group by destroying cohesiveness and causing communications problems and employee stress. Managers who are determined to deal effectively with their diverse workforce can usually obtain organizational support. One primary support is education and training programs designed to help employees work through their difficulties in coping with diversity. Besides recommending such programs to their employees, managers may find it helpful to enroll in available programs themselves.

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 115

14/09/18 5:28 PM

116

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

Getting Top-Down Support  Another important source of support for managers dealing with diversity issues is top management. Organizations that provide top-down support are likely to exhibit the following features: 1. Managers skilled at working with a diverse workforce 2. Effective education and diversity training programs 3. An organizational climate that promotes diversity and fosters peer support for exploring diversity issues 4. Open communication between employees and managers about diversity issues 5. Recognition of employees’ development of diversity skills and competencies 6. Recognition of employee contributions to diversity goals 7. Organizational rewards for managers’ implementation of organizational diversity goals and objectives

CHALLENGE CASE SUMMARY A

n organization such as GE Lighting that uses the diverse talents of its workforce can reap many rewards. Some experts believe that one of the best ways for a company such as GE Lighting to capture a diverse customer base is to make sure that its decision makers are a diverse group. Diversity could include people of different religions, sexes, nationalities, and generations. Promoting a diverse group of decision makers will ensure sensitivity to diversity issues, giving GE Lighting a better chance of establishing businesses characterized by such diversity. At GE’s parent company headquarters, the chief diversity officer and Corporate Diversity Council ensure that diversity goals are part of the company’s strategy. Not only does this type of arrangement keep diversity on the agenda for planning and control, it also ensures top-down support for valuing diversity. Diversity activity takes many forms at General Electric overall and at GE Lighting in particular. Its partnership with MC2 STEM High School and support for STEM Camp encourage female, urban, and minority students to consider technology-related careers. Affinity groups and training programs help its employees gain support and learn skills for succeeding in a highly competitive business environment. Programs such as Get Skills to Work help the company recruit workers such as returning veterans who otherwise might have difficulty finding job opportunities. Learning new concepts and being able to apply them in another setting is the essence of the management employability skill of knowledge application.

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 116

The success of a company such as GE Lighting in its diversity program enhances the productivity of its diverse workforce. An organization’s diversity programs helps a diverse workforce feel valued and at ease in its work setting and thereby perform better than workers who feel their organization has little respect for them as people. As a result of its required diversity training, GE Lighting can retain employees and thus lower personnel costs related to recruiting and training. Legislation and government involvement cannot provide complete direction for creating diversity in organizations. GE Lighting’s managers, including Maryrose Sylvester and others, understand that organizations should not wait for laws and government to provide guidelines for creating a diverse organization. Instead, management should re-create the company to reflect the markets in which it operates. For example, given demographics reflecting population trends, GE Lighting will probably be recruiting and hiring a greater proportion of Asian and Hispanic employees. If an organization such as GE Lighting increases the proportion of Asian and Hispanic employees, company diversity training programs should be modified to include sensitivity toward factors relevant to the Asian and Hispanic cultures. This training should emphasize factors such as religion, values, and behavioral norms specific to these two groups. Such modification of diversity training at GE Lighting would be aimed at eliminating ethnocentrism within the company relating to these two demographic groups.

14/09/18 5:28 PM

CHAPTER 4   Management and Diversity



When management is committed to diversity, diversity programs are normally successful. In turn, by virtue of its financial investment in global diversity, GE Lighting demonstrates its commitment to building a world-class organization—a fact that is not lost on current and future employees. A reputation for diversity makes GE Lighting more attractive as an employer—and enables GE Lighting to attract and retain high-performing employees. In turn, top performers are typically the most successful at innovation and productivity—areas where GE Lighting needs to excel if it is to hold competitive advantage in the marketplace. In terms of the organizational diversity continuum, GE Lighting’s commitment to diversity seems broad based. This broad-based commitment is reflected in company-wide practices related to recruiting, hiring, and

117

training a diverse workforce. The broad-based commitment is also evident in GE’s selection of a woman to head its lighting business. Consistent with diversity initiatives in most organizations, GE’s managers are given extensive diversity training. Managers in a company such as GE who know how to interact with people of different cultures will be the most successful in creating productive multicultural teams in organizations. Overall, diversity training for managers at GE is aimed to help them become more sensitive to other cultures and thereby more capable of using planning, organizing, influencing, and controlling skills to help the organization meet its diversity goals. In addition to managers, nonmanagers within the organization can be a focus of specially designed diversity training.

MyLab Management Assessing Your Management Skill If your instructor has assigned this activity, go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the exercise related to the Challenge Case.

D E V E LO P I N G D I V E R S I T Y S K I L L This section is specially designed to help you develop diversity skills. An individual’s diversity skill is based on an understanding of the concepts and the ability to apply those concepts. The following activities will help to enhance your diversity skills in various organizational situations.

Class Preparation and Personal Study To help you prepare for class, perform the activities outlined in this section. Performing these activities will help you enhance your classroom performance significantly.

Reflecting on Target Skill

Know Key Terms

On page 97, this chapter opens by presenting a target management skill along with a list of related objectives outlining knowledge and understanding that you should aim to acquire related to that skill. Review this target skill and the list of objectives to make sure that you’ve acquired all pertinent information within the chapter. If you do not feel that you’ve reached a particular objective(s), study related chapter coverage until you do.

Understanding the following key terms is critical to your understanding of chapter material. Define each of these terms. Refer to the page(s) referenced after a term to check your definition or to gain further insight regarding the term.

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 117

diversity  99 majority group  99

14/09/18 5:28 PM

118

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

minority group  99 demographics  102 reverse mentoring  103 ethnocentrism  103 prejudice  103 stereotype  103 discrimination  104 tokenism  104 gender-role stereotypes  105 bicultural stress  106 role conflict  106 role overload  106 reverse discrimination  109 pluralism  110 diversity training  114

Know How Management Concepts Relate

4-1 One key advantage of diversity in organizations is cost saving. Why is this the case? Give examples of cost saving. 4-2 What is meant by the term “glass ceiling”? How does it affect the prospects of some people in the workforce and impact their careers? How do you think it will be shaped in the future by organizations? 4-3 Assume you are ethnocentric. List three specific beliefs about your own culture that you might possess. Would such beliefs be a hindrance or a help in your becoming a successful manager? Explain.

MyLab Management   Personal Inventory Assessments Go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the Personal Inventory Assessment related to this chapter.

This section comprises activities that will further sharpen your understanding of management concepts. Answer essay questions as completely as possible.

Management Skills Exercises Learning activities in this section are aimed at helping you develop diversity skills.

MyLab Management   Discussion Questions Go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the problems marked with this icon .

Cases Diverse Employees Contribute to GE Lighting’s Bright Future The Challenge Case that introduced this chapter, “Diverse Employees Contribute to GE Lighting’s Bright Future,” and its related Challenge Case Summary were written to help you better understand the management concepts contained in this chapter. Answer the following discussion questions about the Challenge Case to better understand how concepts relating to management and diversity can be applied in an organization such as GE Lighting. 4-4 How important is it to GE Lighting to have a diverse workforce? Discuss fully. 4-5 How would you control diversity activities at GE Lighting if you were top management?

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 118

4-6 As GE Lighting’s top management, what steps would you take to increase commitment to diversity throughout the organization? Be as specific as possible.

CNN, FOX News, and the New York Times Face Racial Discrimination Lawsuits Read the case and answer the questions that follow. Studying this case will help you better understand how concepts relating to the four functions of management can be applied in a company such as CNN, FOX News, and the New York Times. The “news” is something we often take for granted. It’s ubiquitous in our lives with the technological connectivity we have in today’s busy world. We receive regular news feeds on our phones, and when there is a major breaking story, all the major networks preempt programming to cover the event. Even our friends post updates to the latest news story on Facebook, ensuring that we always know what is going on around us. But when it comes to news organizations, we want them to be unbiased and present coverage in a fair and transparent manner. We want to know that the information we receive is truthful and offers the facts, not opinions or personal agendas. We also expect that those organizations are being fair and transparent behind the scenes with their human resources. That’s why, in 2017, the news industry

14/09/18 5:28 PM



itself became the leading news story. Allegedly, CNN, Fox News, and the New York Times were discriminating against nonwhite employees. The shock of this sent reverberations across the industry. CNN, which was launched in 1980, was America’s first 24-hour, all-news network. It is broadcast into nearly 100 million homes and has often been at the forefront of breaking major world news stories. However, a group of 175 former and current employees have contacted attorneys about a class-action lawsuit against the cable network. According to the claimants, the headquarters are fraught with racism, with black employees being paid thousands less than their white counterparts. The allegations also include comments made by managers to black employees regarding slavery and that it’s “hard to manage black people.”48 Meanwhile at Fox News (which was started in 1996 and is also broadcast into about 100 million households), so far six people have filed similar suits against the conservative network. Headlining the list is Kelly Wright, a black reporter and news anchor who has been with the organization since 2003. Wright’s suit claims that he was blocked from major programs on Fox News and that Bill Shine, Fox News copresident, regularly asked him, “[H]ow do black people react to you” or “how do you think white viewers look at you?”49 Other complaints against Fox News include walls being constructed to keep black or dark-skinned associates from entering certain parts of the building, mocking speech patterns, and perpetuating stereotypes. Even print media are not immune to claims of racism. The venerable New York Times, which was founded in 1851 and has a circulation of over half a million, is being accused of discrimination at the same time as the two news networks. The allegations at the New York Times are that the newspaper prefers to hire white employees and also pays the black and Latino workers less than white associates. One claimant states that the reason for the discrimination is that most of the readers of the Times are white; therefore, white employees are better able to connect with the readership, again, according to the lawsuit. All three news organizations have vociferously denied all the allegations. They claim there is no merit to any of the cases, and these organizations want to be presented with evidence of the allegations from the accusers and their attorneys. If not settled out of court, these cases are likely to remain in the public eye for several years. It is possible that other former and current employees of both networks may join the lawsuits.

Questions 4-7 Assess the allegations against CNN, Fox News, and the New York Times. What is being claimed by those filing the lawsuits? 4-8 If these allegations are found to be true, what steps should each organization take to ensure that this does not happen again? If they are found to be false, is there anything each company can do to continue to show its commitment to diversity? 4-9 Why is it important for companies to have a diverse workforce? What impact would a homogeneous group of employees have if they were all white males, for example?

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 119

CHAPTER 4   Management and Diversity

119

Experiential Exercises Managing Diversity Directions. Read the following scenario and then perform the listed activities. Your instructor may wish you to perform the activities as an individual or within groups. Follow all of your instructor’s directions carefully. This chapter looks at the different challenges managers face in managing a diverse workforce. A much-neglected and oft-overlooked group are the baby boomers. In many societies, the over-55 generation represents a large percentage of the population. The increase in their numbers has come at a time when some countries have seen a fall in the number of young people entering the job market. Identify five traits of this group of potential workers. These individuals are approaching or have reached the last decade or so of their working lives. Provide suggestions as to how a manager might supervise them. Try to be precise in your suggestions so that you could help someone be a more effective manager.

You and Your Career Diversity in the workplace is important. It ensures that fresh ideas and ways of looking at problems and opportunities abound. However, a few firms may not value diversity as much, preferring a much more homogeneous staff. Assume you interviewed for a job for an open position at a company that you were very interested in. A week after the interview, however, you receive an e-mail letting you know that you were not selected. Coincidentally, you discover from a friend of yours who works at the company that it didn’t hire you because of your race, gender, age (etc.; choose the most fitting for your circumstances). Also assume that you filed a lawsuit and won. The judge has ruled that the company must hire you and was assessed a small fine. Would you accept the position now with the company? Why or why not?

Building Your Management Skills Portfolio Your Management Skills Portfolio is a collection of activities specially designed to demonstrate your management knowledge and skill. Be sure to save your work. Taking your printed portfolio to an employment interview could be helpful in obtaining a job. The portfolio activity for this chapter is Assessing Diversity at TECO Energy. Read the following about TECO Energy and answer the questions that follow. TECO Energy is an energy company headquartered in Tampa, Florida. TECO Energy’s five business units include (1) Tampa Electric, a regulated electric utility serving more than 635,000 customers in West Central Florida; (2) Peoples Gas System, Florida’s largest natural gas distribution utility; (3) TECO Coal, a producer of conventional coal and synthetic fuel; (4) TECO Transport, a river and ocean waterborne transportation provider; and (5) TECO Guatemala, owner of two power plants in Guatemala. (You can learn more about the company by visiting www.tecoenergy .com.) Over the years, TECO management has focused on

14/09/18 5:28 PM

120

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

creating a diverse workforce. Management recently reported the results of a diversity study aimed at monitoring its diversity efforts by ascertaining the present characteristics of its workforce. Part of the results of that study appears in Exhibits 1, 2, and 3.

Questions 4-10 List five major points that Exhibits 1, 2, and 3 tell management about TECO’s workforce. a.  b. 

Exhibit 1  Gender of Workforce

c.  Female

Male

d. 

TECO Energy (corporate)

 62%

 38%

e. _

Tampa Electric

 25%

 75%

Peoples Gas

 28%

 72%

TECO Transport

 10%

 90%

4-11 How does management at TECO determine whether the present level of workforce diversity is appropriate for the company?

TECO Coal

  4%

 96%



TECO Guatemala (corporate)

 29%

 71%



TECO Guatemala

 12%

 88%

970

4,122

Company

Total number of employees

4-12 Assume that TECO management performs a similar study in five years. Name three new dimensions of diversity that you would like the study to explore. Explain why you would like each dimension studied. Dimension 1: 

Exhibit 2  Race/Ethnicity of Workforce Company

Black

White

Hispanic

Other

Why study this dimension?

TECO Energy (corporate)

 6%

84%

10%

  0%



Tampa Electric

 14%

  73%

 11%

  2%

Peoples Gas

 14%

  70%

 15%

  1%

TECO Transport

 12%

  85%

  2%

  1%

Dimension 2: 

TECO Coal

  0%

 100%

  0%

  0%

Why study this dimension?

TECO Guatemala (corporate)

  0%

  43%

 43%

 14%



TECO Guatemala*

 

 

 

 

522

3,993

399

178

Total number of employees



  Dimension 3: 

* U.S. ethnicity codes not applicable to TECO Guatemala.

Why study this dimension? 

Exhibit 3  Leadership by Gender and Race Company



Female

Male

Black

White

Hispanic

Other

TECO Energy (corporate)

56%

44%

4%

 87%

 9%

 0%

Tampa Electric

30%

70%

9%

 77%

11%

 3%

Peoples Gas

28%

72%

6%

 80%

14%

 0%

TECO Transport

20%

80%

6%

 91%

 2%

 1%

TECO Coal

9%

91%

0%

100%

0% 

 0%

TECO Guatemala (corporate)

29%

71%

0%

 43%

43%

14%

TECO Guatemala*

11%

89%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Total number of employees

28%

72%

7%

79%

10%

 4%

 

MyLab Management   Writing Assignments If your instructor has assigned this activity, go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management for the following assisted-graded writing assignments: Assisted-Grading Questions 4-13 Pinpoint five ways that discrimination might negatively affect an organization. 4-14 List five ways that you would promote diversity in an organization. How would you control your efforts to make sure they were successful?

* U.S. ethnicity codes not applicable to TECO Guatemala.

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 120

14/09/18 5:28 PM



Endnotes 1. Steve Minter, “The iGeneration Comes to Manufacturing (We Hope),” Industry Week (December 2013): 18–23; GE Lighting, “Maryrose T. Sylvester, President and CEO, GE Lighting,” GE Pressroom, http:// pressroom.gelighting.com, accessed March 3, 2014; Grant Segall, “Maryrose Sylvester of GE Lighting Glows about Our City: My Cleveland,” Cleveland.com, December 5, 2013, http://blog.cleveland .com; Dan Alexander, “Big Business Bets on Education, Turning Factories and Corporate Campuses into Schools,” Forbes, December 9, 2013, http://www.forbes.com; Mariko Nobori, “Tutoring and Mentorship Brings Authentic Learning to MC2 STEM High School,” Edutopia, February 27, 2013, http://www.edutopia.org; “GE Ranked 10 in 2013 Diversity MBA 50 Out Front Companies for Diversity Leadership,” DiversityMBA, August 21, 2013, http:// diversitymbamagazine.com; General Electric Co. (GE), “Why GE,” GE careers page, http://www.geconsumerandindustrial.com, accessed March 3, 2014; GE, “Empowering Employees to Be Successful,” GE Citizenship, http://www.gecitizenship.com, accessed March 3, 2014; “GE Adds Jobs in Illinois, Ohio at Lighting Plants,” Bloomberg Businessweek, August 22, 2013, http://www.businessweek.com; GE Lighting, “GE Lighting Broadens Colorado Footprint with New Site in Longmont,” news release, February 18, 2014, http://pressroom .gelighting.com; “GE Lighting Celebrates 100th Anniversary,” Electrical Wholesaling (May 2013): 24. 2. Fortune magazine annually publishes its “100 Best Companies to Work For” list and provides a data cut of the rankings by percentage of minority employees. For the most recent list, see “100 Best Companies to Work For 2012: Minorities,” http://archive.fortune.com/ magazines/fortune/best-companies/2012/minorities/. 3. “Sexual Orientation in the Workplace,” Report from the British Medical Association (November 2007). 4. For an article describing the benefits of diversity management, see Mary Salomon and Joah Schork, “Turn Diversity to Your Advantage,” Research Technology Management 46 (2003): 37. 5. Subhash C. Kundu and Archana Mor, “Workforce Diversity and Organizational Performance: A Study of IT Industry in India,” Employee Relations 39, no. 2 (2017): 160–183. 6. For discussion of gaining the advantage of creativity through diversity, see Terri Schlichenmeyer, “Your Business Doing Well. It Could Be Better,” Washington Informer (September 22, 2016), 34. 7. Sabina Nielsen, “Top Management Team Diversity: A Review of Theories and Methodologies,” International Journal of Management Reviews 12, no. 3 (September 2010): 301–316. 8. Ann Pomeroy, “Cultivating Female Leaders,” HR Magazine 52, no. 2 (February 2007): 44–51. 9. Frans Johansson, “Masters of the Multicultural,” Harvard Business Review 83, no. 10 (October 2005): 18–19. 10. Jonathan Moules, “Benefits of Ethnic Diversity Doubted,” Financial Times (February 20, 2007): 4. 11. For a detailed look at the potential pitfalls of diversity management, see C. Von Bergen, Barlow Soper, and Teresa Foster, “Unintended Negative Effects of Diversity Management,” Public Personnel Management 31 (2002): 239–252. 12. William B. Johnston and Arnold E. Packer, “Executive Summary,” in Workforce 2000: Work and Workers for the Twenty-First Century (Indianapolis: Hudson Institute, June 1987), xiii–xiv. 13. Pew Research: Social and Demographic Trends, “Millennials in Adulthood: The Generations Defined,” http://pewsocialtrends .org/2014/03/07/millennials-in-adulthood/sdt-next-america03-07-2014-0-06. 14. Jean Phillips and Stan Gully, Organizational Behavior (Mason, OH: South-Western, 2014), 77–78. 15. Vineet Nayar, “Handing the Keys to Gen Y,” Harvard Business Review 91, no. 5 (May 2013): 40. 16. Roosevelt Thomas, “Affirmative Action or Affirming Diversity,” Harvard Business Review (1990): 110. 17. “The Five Groups That Experience the Most Discrimination in the Workplace,” Libel.com, http://www.libel.com, accessed October 22, 2009; Roosevelt Thomas, “Stereotyping Muslims? Know Your Facts,” Knight Ridder Tribune Business News, June 17, 2006, 1. 18. Michele Himmelberg, “Age Discrimination Alleged,” Knight Ridder Tribune Business News, April 14, 2007.

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 121

CHAPTER 4   Management and Diversity

121

19. Rosabeth Moss Kanter, Men and Women of the Corporation (New York: Basic Books, 1977). 20. Siofra Pratt, “6 Companies Doing Their Bit to Improve Diversity and Inclusion,” October 5, 2016, https://www.socialtalent.co/ blog/6-companies-doing-their-bit-to-improve-diversity-inclusion. 21. American Bar Association, “Legal Outreach Is Model for Diversity Pipeline Success,” press release, http://www.abanow.org, accessed February 6, 2010. 22. Rosabeth Moss Kanter, “Numbers: Minorities and Majorities,” in Men and Women of the Corporation (New York: Basic Books, 1977), 206–244. For a closer look at the effects of gender-role stereotypes, see N. Lane and N. Piercy, “The Ethics of Discrimination: Organizational Mindsets and Female Employment Disadvantage,” Journal of Business Ethics 44 (2003): 313. 23. Tim Hindle, “The Glass Ceiling,” The Economist (May 5, 2009). 24. Annelies van Vianen and Agneta Fischer, “Illuminating the Glass Ceiling: The Role of Organizational Culture Preferences,” Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology 75 (2002): 315. 25. Susan Webb, Step Forward: Sexual Harassment in the Workplace (New York: MasterMedia, 1991); Susan B. Garland, “Finally, a Corporate Tip Sheet on Sexual Harassment,” BusinessWeek (July 13, 1998): 39. See also Maureen O’Connor, Barbara Gutek, Margaret Stockdale, Tracey Geer, and Renee Melancon, “Explaining Sexual Harassment Judgments: Looking Beyond Gender of the Rater,” Law and Human Behavior 28 (2004): 69. 26. Ella Bell, “The Bicultural Life Experience of Career Oriented Black Women,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 11 (November 1990): 459–478. 27. Tina Vasquez, “New Morgan Stanley Program Focuses on Diversity—Despite Tough Economic Climate,” GlassHammer .com, http://www.theglasshammer.com, accessed March 31, 2010. 28. For insights on the commitment to quality of older versus younger employees, see Paul R. Jackson, “Employee commitment to quality: Its conceptualization and measurement,” The International Journal of Quality & Reliability Management 21, no. 6/7 (2004): 714–730. 29. Department of Labor Statistics, “Civilian Labor Force by Age, Sex, Race, and Hispanic Origin—1992, 2002, and Projected 2012,” February 11, 2004. 30. “Time to Start Focusing on Attracting Older Workers,” HR Focus 81, no. 2 (February 2004): 13–14. 31. “Companies May Lose Older Workers with Shortsighted Policies,” PR Newswire, May 29, 2007. 32. Jeffrey Sonnenfeld, “Dealing with the Aging Workforce,” Harvard Business Review 56 (1978): 81–92. 33. Company website, “Walgreens Recognized as Private-Sector Employer of the Year for People with Disabilities,” press release, http://news.walgreens.com, accessed April 15, 2010. 34. William B. Johnston and Arnold E. Packer, “Executive Summary,” in Workforce 2000: Work and Workers for the Twenty-First Century (Indianapolis: Hudson Institute, June 1987), xii–xiv. 35. Bill Hethcock, “EEOC Wins Record Settlement for Former TexasBased Sara Lee Factory Workers,” Dallas Business Journal, December 21, 2015. 36. Tanya Bañuelos, “Sheriff, County Settle with Former Deputy,” The Argus Observer, May 26, 2017. 37. Lauren Kirkwood, “EEOC Reaches $95K Settlement in Disability Discrimination Suit,” The Daily Record, March 23, 2015. 38. Casey C. Sullivan, “EEOC HIV Discrimination Settlement: Lessons for Employers,” Free Enterprise, March 18, 2015. 39. Jean Kim, “Issues in Workforce Diversity,” Panel Presentation at the First Annual National Diversity Conference (San Francisco, May 1991). 40. Grace Lewis, “Deloitte Switches to ‘Blind CV’ Hiring Strategy to Boost Diversity,” People Management, October 1, 2015, http:// www2.cipd.co.uk/pm/peoplemanagement/b/weblog/archive/ 2015/10/01/deloitte-switches-to-blind-cv-hiring-strategy-to-boostdiversity.aspx. 41. The Holy Bible, Authorized King James Version (Nashville: Holman Bible Publishers, 1984). 42. J. Stewart Black and Hal B. Gregersen, “Serving Two Masters: Managing the Dual Allegiance of Expatriate Employees,” Sloan Management Review (Summer 1992): 61–71.

14/09/18 5:28 PM

122

PART 2  Modern Management Challenges

43. Ron Ruggless, “Restaurants Look Ahead to Gen Z,” Nation’s Restaurant News, October 24, 2016: 10–13. 44. “Here Comes Gen Z!,” Managing People at Work 4, no. 1 (January 1, 2017): 3. 45. Gwendolyn Combs, “Meeting the Leadership Challenge of a Diverse and Pluralistic Workplace: Implications of Self-Efficacy for Diversity Training,” Journal of Leadership and Organizational Studies 8 (2002): 1. 46. Richard Lowther, “Embracing and Managing Diversity at Dell,” Strategic HR Review 5, no. 6 (September/October 2006): 16–19.

M04_CERT5193_15_GE_C04.indd 122

47. Les Donaldson and Edward E. Scannell, Human Resource Development: The New Trainer’s Guide, 2nd ed. (Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley, 1986), 8–9. 48. Max Jaeger, “Lawyers Sue Times, CNN, Fox News for Racial Discrimination,” New York Post (online edition), April 26, 2017, http:// nypost.com/2017/04/26/mainstream-media-outlets- sued-forracial-discrimination/. 49. Josh Lowe, “Fox News Anchor Joins Lawsuit against Network Alleging Racial Discrimination,” Newsweek (online edition), April 26, 2017, http://www.newsweek.com/fox-news-sexual-harassment-racialdiscrimination-lawsuit-589846.

14/09/18 5:28 PM

Managing in the Global Arena

5

TA R G E T S K I L L Global Management Skill: the ability to manage global factors as components of organizational operations

G LO B A L M A N AG E M E N T S K I L L A N D YO U R C A R E E R Global management skill will be of great value to you in enhancing your career. For example, this skill can help you to plan effectively how to reach the objectives of multinational corporations. Effective planning in multinational corporations contributes to organizational success, builds your image as a competent manager, makes you valuable to your organization, and supports promotions as you build your career.

OBJECTIVES To help build my global management skill, when studying this chapter, I will attempt to acquire: 5-1 An understanding of international management 5-2 Insights on how to categorize organizations by level of international involvement 5-3 Insights about what constitutes a multinational corporation 5-4 Information about those who work in multinational corporations

5-5 Knowledge about how management functions relate to managing multinational corporations 5-6 A useful definition of transnational organizations 5-7 Ideas about special issues that can have an impact on managing in the international arena

MyLab Management Chapter Warm Up If your instructor has assigned this activity, go to www.pearson.com/mylab/management to complete the chapter warm up.

M05_CERT5193_15_GE_C05.indd 123

123

17/09/18 11:19 AM

CHALLENGE CASE KFC Opens a Store a Day in China n the United States, we are accustomed to seeing a KFC restaurant in every major city and small town. TV and Internet advertisements feature Colonel Sanders, played by different actors, who touts the company’s secret recipe and that the chicken is “finger lickin’ good.” KFC’s growth in the United States is an impressive study in itself, but the exponential expansion of the quick-service giant in China is even more noteworthy. The first location of a KFC in China was in Tiananmen Square in 1987. The company was even able to get a foothold in the country ahead of McDonald’s once the Chinese government paved the way for more Western businesses to operate in the country. Since then, the company has continued to grow. To date, there are over 5,100 locations and, on average, a new KFC opens somewhere in China every single day. What is driving this success? The answer highlights the importance of a company recognizing that its traditional forms of growth in the United States probably wouldn’t work in Asian markets. KFC has taken a unique approach with its expansion in China. First, the company has localized the menu, tailoring offerings specific to the market. In the United States, a typical KFC menu has about 30 items, but in China, guests have over 50 to choose from. One common menu item in China is congee—a porridge that consists of an egg, mushrooms, pickles, and pork. Other offerings include a Beijing chicken roll and a Sichuanstyle spicy diced chicken.1 Another reason for the phenomenal growth that KFC has experienced is a strong relationship with the Chinese government. The company has faced challenges such as suppliers who provided KFC with expired processed chicken as well as raw food that was heavily laden with antibiotics. KFC’s quick response to drop these suppliers and open all its locations to frequent health inspections has helped the firm succeed. KFC’s willingness and eagerness to correct these problems is an example of the management employability skill of ethics and social responsibility. The guiding principle KFC is using to respond to scandals and issues ensures that the firm is recognized by customers as a company that truly wishes to provide a safe product free from dangerous effects. KFC is owned by Yum! Brands, and the Chinese division of the parent company also owns Pizza Hut and Taco Bell, which are also seeing moderate growth in the

Sorbis/Shutterstock

I

KFC’s exponential expansion in China is noteworthy— over 5,100 locations and growing daily! country. From the beginning of KFC’s Chinese operations, store managers realized that growth hinged on the firm’s flexibility in what it offered and how it offered its products. Referring to those early days of KFC’s first foray into the country, Sam Su, CEO of Yum! Brands China, said, “Although customers didn’t like the food much, KFC made steady progress.”2 Part of the progress stemmed from the understanding that in Chinese culture, food is central. A bucket of chicken simply does not equate to a repeat customer. However, chicken spiced with local flavors and offered in a pleasing setting with a hostess and employees who teach children English words brings in repeat customers. KFCs in China are about twice the size of the typical U.S. location, too. The reasons are the extensive menu and a larger seating area, where families dine together alongside business executives who are having a meeting. They also employ about twice the number of associates than does a U.S. store. Again, food preparation of more than 50 menu items requires a larger team to get the work done on a daily basis. The lesson learned is that KFC did not try to force its distinctive American brand, store layout, and menu on a different culture. It moved slowly, discovered more about the culture, and then tailored its operations to appeal to the local customer base. Once successfully established, the chain has grown by leaps and bounds. And to epitomize the company’s success, in a typical year, KFC now opens about 600 to 700 new stores in China.

124

M05_CERT5193_15_GE_C05.indd 124

17/09/18 11:19 AM

CHAPTER 5   Managing in the Global Arena 



125

T H E G LO BA L M A N AG E M E N T C H A L L E N G E The Challenge Case illustrates how KFC has grown its operations in China. The global management challenge for managers includes understanding the need to manage internationally and managing a multinational corporation and its workforce. After studying chapter concepts, read the Challenge Case Summary at the end of the chapter for added help in relating chapter content to meeting global management challenges at KFC.

Fundamentals of International Management Most U.S. companies see great opportunities in the international marketplace today.3 Although the U.S. population is growing slowly but steadily, the population in many other countries is exploding. For example, it has been estimated that in 1990, China, India, and Indonesia together already had more than 2 billion people, or 40 percent of the world’s population.4 Obviously, such countries offer a strong profit potential for aggressive businesspeople throughout the world. This potential does not come without serious risk, however. Managers who attempt to manage in a global context face formidable challenges. Some of these challenges are the cultural differences among workers from different countries, different technology levels from country to country, and laws and political systems that can vary immensely from one nation to the next. International management is simply the performance of management activities across national borders.5 It entails reaching organizational objectives by extending management activities to include an emphasis on organizations in foreign countries.6 The trend toward increased international management, or globalization, is now widely recognized. The primary question for most firms is not whether to globalize but how and how quickly to do so, and how to measure global progress over time.7 International management can take several different forms, from simply analyzing and fighting competition in foreign markets to establishing a formal partnership with a foreign company. Domino’s Pizza is an example of a company that sees international opportunities and acts on them without hesitation. Domino’s has been so aggressive internationally that, at present, its international sales are a significant component of company success. It’s been reported that international business contributes as much as 35 percent of its annual income. The company attributes much of its success internationally to the fact that pizza is universally liked and can be easily adapted. For example, the company can go into India or Japan and simply add different toppings to cater to local tastes, whereas it’s much more difficult for other restaurant chains to adapt their products to local flavors.8 JPMorgan Chase is an example of a bank involved in international management. JPMorgan Chase, the second-largest bank in the United States, is one of the latest financial institutions to launch a global banking business, targeting rapidly growing economies such as Brazil, China, and India. The bank sells loans and commercial banking services to multinational organizations in an effort to expand its business outside the United States and reduce its dependence on the U.S. economy.9 Many other U.S. banks are pursuing similar international management activities. The noteworthy trend that already exists in the United States and other countries toward developing business relationships in and with foreign countries is expected to accelerate even more in the future. As Figure 5.1 illustrates, U.S. investment in foreign countries and investment by foreign countries in the United States have grown since 2009 and are expected to continue growing, with slowdowns or setbacks only in recessionary periods. The figure also shows that, more recently, investments by foreign countries in the United States and U.S. investments in foreign countries continue to increase at a significant pace. As an interesting

M05_CERT5193_15_GE_C05.indd 125

5-1 An understanding of international management

17/09/18 11:19 AM

126

PART 2 

Modern Management Challenges

Figure 5.1

$6,000,000.00

U.S. investment in foreign countries versus foreign investment in the United States10

$5,000,000.00

$5,040,648.00 U.S. Investment Abroad

$4,000,000.00 $3,565,020.00

$3,134,199.00

$3,000,000.00 Direct Investment in U.S.

$2,000,000.00

$2,069,438.00

$1,000,000.00

$0.00 2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis.

Figure 5.2 U.S. direct investment abroad, by country, for 201511

Asia and Pacific (15%)

Canada (7%)

Middle East (1%) Africa (1%) Latin America/ Western Hemisphere (17%) Europe (59%)

side note, Figure 5.2 shows that, in 2015, U.S. foreign investments focused most heavily in Europe and Latin America/Western Hemisphere. This snapshot is equivalent to that of several years preceding 2015 and is expected to be equivalent to that of several years after. Figure 5.3 shows that European countries were by far the most significant foreign investors in the United States in 2015. These data also are equivalent to that of several years preceding 2015 and are expected to be equivalent to that of several years after. Information of this nature has spurred both management educators and practicing managers to insist that knowledge of international management is necessary for a thorough understanding of the contemporary fundamentals of management.13 Figure 5.3 Foreign direct investment in the United States, by region, for 201512 Note: Percentages do not add to 100 due to rounding.

Asia and Pacific (18%)

Canada (9%)

Middle East (